Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • MPI Ethno. Forsch.  (348)
  • 2010-2014  (348)
  • 1925-1929
  • Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V  (348)
Datasource
Material
Language
Years
Year
  • 1
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Show associated volumes/articles
    ISBN: 1283456117 , 9789400719514 , 9781283456111
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. 2012 Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science 282
    Parallel Title: Print version Philosophy of Behavioral Biology
    DDC: 570.1
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Human genetics ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Animal behavior ; Applied psychology ; Behavior ; Biology ; Philosophy ; Verhaltensforschung ; Philosophie
    Abstract: This volume provides a broad overview of issues in the philosophy of behavioral biology, covering four main themes: genetic, developmental, evolutionary, and neurobiological explanations of behavior. It is both interdisciplinary and empirically informed in its approach, addressing philosophical issues that arise from recent scientific findings in biological research on human and non-human animal behavior. Accordingly, it includes papers by professional philosophers and philosophers of science, as well as practicing scientists. Much of the work in this volume builds on presentations given at th
    Description / Table of Contents: Philosophy of Behavioral Biology; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Introduction; Chapter 1: The Philosophy of Behavioral Biology; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Background; 1.1.2 Motivation & Content; 1.1.3 Audience; 1.1.4 Structure; 1.2 Summaries of the Chapters; 1.2.1 Part I: Introduction; 1.2.2 Part II: Genetic Explanations of Behavior; 1.2.3 Part III: Developmental Explanations of Behavior; 1.2.4 Part IV: Evolutionary Explanations of Behavior; 1.2.5 Part V: Neurobiological Explanations of Behavior; Chapter 2: Knowledge for What? Monist, Pluralist, Pragmatist Approaches to the Sciences of Behavior
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.12.2; 2.3; 2.4; 2.5; References; Part II: Genetic Explanations of Behavior; Chapter 3: Genome Wide Association Studies of Behavior are Social Science; 3.1 GWAS and Its Discontents; 3.2 Background; 3.3 The Missing Heritability Problem; 3.4 Why not EWAS?; 3.5 Searching for Causes in Social Science; 3.6 Within Family Designs and the Nonshared Environment; 3.7 The Missing Environment Problem; 3.8 GWAS and EWAS; 3.9 Genomic Social Science and Social Scientific Genomics; 3.10 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Genetic Traits and Causal Explanation; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Contrastive Explanation
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3 A definition4.4 Objectivity and Context; 4.5 Relation to Previous Literature; 4.6 Traits Versus Dispositions; References; Part III: Developmental Explanations of Behavior; Chapter 5: From Cell-Surface Receptors to Higher Learning: A Whole World of Experience; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Taking Development Seriously; 5.2.1 Preformationism, Epigenesis, and the Modern Consensus; 5.2.2 Beyond Nature and Nurture; 5.2.3 Explanatory Categories of Behavior; 5.2.4 Extragenetic Inheritance and Developmental Niche Construction; 5.2.5 Environmental Regulation of Gene Expression; 5.2.6 A New Epigenesis
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2.7 Reclaiming the Environment5.3 Experience and Learning: from Subtle Influences to Obvious Connections; 5.3.1 Naked Behavior: the Loss of Internal Cognition and the Natural Environment; 5.3.2 Simple Learning Systems; 5.4 Synthesizing Development and Learning; 5.4.1 The Role of Epigenetic Mechanisms in Development and Learning; 5.4.2 Learning and the Provisioning of Experience as (part of) Development; 5.4.3 The Development of Learning; 5.4.4 The Quest for New Distinctions; 5.5 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Re-Conceiving Nonhuman Animal Knowledge Through Contemporary Primate Cognitive Studies6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Terms of the Discussion; 6.3 On Chimpanzee Hunters (of Knowledge) and (Evidence) Gatherers; 6.4 Knowing Success; 6.5 On Why this Matters; 6.6 Conclusions; References; Part IV: Evolutionary Explanations of Behavior; Chapter 7: Evolving the Future: Sketching a Science of Intentional Change; 7.1 All organisms are capable of changing in response to their environments; 7.2 Some kinds of phenotypic plasticity can be described by the paradoxical phrase "rigidly flexible"
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.3 Other kinds of phenotypic plasticity are based on more open-ended processes that count as evolutionary in their own right
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400718425
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: International Handbooks of Population 3
    DDC: 304.61
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Population ; Demography
    Abstract: This is the third in an essential series of Springer handbooks that explore key aspects of the nexus between demography and social science. With an inclusive international perspective, and founded on the principles of social demography, this handbook shows how the rural population, which recently dropped below 50 per cent of the world total, remains a vital segment of society living in proximity to much-needed developmental and amenity resources. The rich diversity of rural areas shapes the capacity of resident communities to address far-reaching social, environmental and economic challenges. Some will survive, become sustainable and even thrive, while others will suffer rapid depopulation. This handbook demonstrates how these future development trajectories will vary according to local characteristics including, but not limited to, population composition
    Abstract: This is the third in an essential series of Springer handbooks that explore key aspects of the nexus between demography and social science. With an inclusive international perspective, and founded on the principles of social demography, this handbook shows how the rural population, which recently dropped below 50 per cent of the world total, remains a vital segment of society living in proximity to much-needed developmental and amenity resources. The rich diversity of rural areas shapes the capacity of resident communities to address far-reaching social, environmental and economic challenges
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; 1 Why Does Rural Demography Still Matter?; The Importance of Rural Demography; Rurality and Global Rural Demographic Trends; The Structure of the Handbook; References; 2 Challenges in the Analysis of Rural PopulationsINTnl; in the United States; Defining Rural in Rural Demography; Defining the Concept of Rural; Identifying the Geography of Rural Areas: The Problem of the Residual; Defining Rural Areas Internationally; Examples of Difficulties in the Use of Rural Population Data in Analyses of Important Areas of Rural Life
    Description / Table of Contents: Measuring the Effects of Rural Areal Characteristics on Demographic ProcessesEstimates and Projections of Rural Populations; Examples from the Analysis of Health Conditions in Rural Areas; Examples from Population and the Environment: Assessing the Demographic Impacts of Environmental Change; Toward the Integration of Rural and Rural Space in Rural Demography; References; 3 Rural Natural Increase in the New Century: America's Third Demographic Transition; Rural Natural Increase in the New Century: Americas Third Demographic Transition?; Natural Increase and Decrease in Rural America
    Description / Table of Contents: Data and MethodsAnalysis; Recent Demographic Change in Nonmetropolitan and Metropolitan Areas; Demographic Change in County Types; Natural Decrease in Rural America; The Impact of Hispanic and Minority Population Change on Rural Natural Increase; Natural Increase and Population Diversity; Discussion and Conclusion; References; 4 Migration and Rural Population Change: Comparative Views in More Developed Nations; Introduction; The Demographic Approach to Examining Urbanization and Population Redistribution; Critique of the Demographic Approach
    Description / Table of Contents: Demographic Dynamics of Urbanization and Population RedistributionMigration's Contribution to Urbanization and Counter-Urbanization; Migration and Rural Population Change in More Developed Nations; Measurement of Urban and Rural Is Not Comparable Between the US, England, and Hungary; Continuous Counter-Urbanization in England; Migration's Role in England's Counter-Urbanization During Recent Decades; Counter-Urbanization in the US, But Only Sometimes; The Hungarian Case; Conclusions; References; 5 World Urbanization: Destiny and Reconceptualization; Urban Definitions; Two Urban Revolutions
    Description / Table of Contents: Since 1950Spread Urbanization; How Does Urbanization Occur; Growth Rates Versus Percentage Change; Regional Patterns; Rise of Megacities; Conclusion; References; 6 Rural Aging in International Context; Introduction; How Is Aging Measured; How and Why Does Population Aging Occur; The Role of Migration; Where are the Oldest Old?; Aging and Population Composition; Implications of Aging for Rural Populations; Aging and the Workforce; Preferences in Care Taking and the Elderly; The Take Home; References; 7 Europe's Rural Demography; Rural Europe in the Wider World
    Description / Table of Contents: Rural Population Change in Europe
    Note: Description based upon print version of record , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400723276
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Literacy Studies, Perspectives from Cognitive Neurosciences, Linguistics, Psychology and Education 5
    DDC: 306.072
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Psycholinguistics ; Sociolinguistics
    Abstract: As populations become more mobile, so interest grows in bi- and multilingualism, particularly in the context of education. This volume focuses on the singular situation in Israel, whose complex multiculturalism has Hebrew and Arabic as official languages, English as an academic and political language, and tongues such as Russian and Amharic spoken by immigrants. Presenting research on bi- and trilingualism in Israel from a multitude of perspectives, the book focuses on four aspects of multilingualism and literacy in Israel: Arabic-Hebrew bilingual education and Arabic literacy development; sec
    Note: Description based upon print version of record , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400721968
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 241p, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy and Medicine 112
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Mazur, Grzegorz, 1977 - Informed consent, proxy consent, and catholic bioethics
    RVK:
    Keywords: Medicine ; Comparative law ; Medicine & Public Health ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Public health laws ; Medicine ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Comparative law ; Public health laws ; Informed Consent ; Bioethics ; Catholicism ; Proxy ; Human experimentation in medicine ; Moral and ethical aspects ; Informed consent (Medical law) ; Proxy ; Bioethics ; Religious aspects ; Catholic Church ; Bioethik ; Gentherapie ; Moraltheologie ; Selbstbestimmung ; Bioethik ; Gentherapie ; Moraltheologie ; Selbstbestimmung
    Abstract: This work offers a comprehensive understanding rooted in Catholic anthropology and moral theory of the meaning and limits of informed and proxy consent to experimentation on human subjects. In particular, it seeks to articulate the rationale for proxy consent in both therapeutic and nontherapeutic settings. As to the former, the book proposes that the Golden Rule, recognizing the basic inclinations of human nature toward objective goods perfective of human persons, should underpin the notion of proxy consent to experimentation on humans. As to the latter, an additional scrutiny of the amount of risk involved is necessary, since the risk-benefit ratio frequently invoked to justify higher-risk therapeutic research does not exist in its nontherapeutic counterpart. This study discusses a number of possible solutions to this question and develops a position that builds upon the objective notion of the human good
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Introduction; Contents; Abbreviations; 1 The Historical Development of the Principle of Free and Informed Consent; 1.1 Debate on the Origin of the Principle of Free and Informed Consent in Medical and Research Practices; 1.2 The Roots of the Principle of Free and Informed Consent in the Catholic Tradition Prior to World War II; 1.2.1 An Early Claim for Free and Informed Consent; 1.2.2 The Principle of Superiority of Persons over the Interests of Science and Society; 2 The Articulation of the Principle of Free and Informed Consent in Human-Rights Documents; 2.1 The Nuremberg Code
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1.1 Historical and Ethical Background of the Nuremberg Code2.1.2 Content of the Nuremberg Code; 2.1.3 Influence of the Nuremberg Code on International and U.S. Regulations; 2.2 Declaration of Helsinki; 2.2.1 Helsinki I; 2.2.2 Helsinki II; 2.2.3 Helsinki III, IV and V; 2.2.4 Helsinki VIand Notes of Clarification; 2.3 CIOMS/WHO International Ethical Guidelines for Biomedical Research Involving Human Subjects; 2.3.1 Brief Historical and Cultural Introduction to the Guidelines; 2.3.2 Content of the Guidelines; 2.3.2.1 Competence of the Subject; 2.3.2.2 Disclosure of "Necessary Information"
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.2.3 Understanding on the Part of the Subject2.3.2.4 Free Decision; 2.4 The Belmont Report; 2.4.1 Belmont's Origins; 2.4.2 Belmont's Three Principles; 2.4.2.1 The Principle of Respect for Persons; 2.4.2.2 The Principle of Beneficence; 2.4.2.3 The Principle of Justice; 2.4.3 Informed Consent and the Three Principles; 2.5 Conclusion; 3 The Major Current Interpretations of the Principle of Free and Informed Consent; 3.1 Relevant Magisterial Teaching; 3.1.1 Charter for Health Care Workers; 3.1.2 The Ethical and Religious Directives for Catholic Health Care Services; 3.1.3 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 Relevant Philosophical and Theological Approaches3.2.1 Paul Ramsey; 3.2.2 Edmund Pellegrino and David C.Thomasma; 3.2.3 Ruth Faden, Tom Beauchamp, and James F.Childress; 3.2.4 Germain Grisez; 3.3 Exceptions to Free and Informed Consent; 4 Introduction to the Issue of Proxy Consent; 5 Standards for Proxy Consent in the Therapeutic Situation; 5.1 Standards for Proxy Decision Making; 5.1.1 The Substituted Judgment Standard (SJS); 5.1.1.1 Legal Approach; 5.1.1.2 Ethical Approach; 5.1.1.3 Medical Approach; 5.1.2 The Pure Autonomy Standard (PAS); 5.1.3 The Best Interests Standard (BIS)
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2 Major Issues6 Critique of Proxy Consent Standards; 6.1 Status of the Principle of Autonomy; 6.2 Autonomy as Pure Self-Determination; 6.2.1 Anthropological Consequences; 6.2.2 Autonomy and the Theory of the Good; 6.2.3 Autonomy and Intrinsic Goodness; 6.3 Autonomy vs. Beneficence; 7 The Golden Rule and Proxy Decision Making; 7.1 In Search of a Rationale; 7.2 Golden Rule, Reason and Virtue; 7.3 The Golden Rule, Friendship, and Christian Revelation; 8 Preliminary Considerations on Proxy Consent in the Nontherapeutic Situation; 8.1 Nontherapeutic Research and Basic Research Taxonomy
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.1.1 Basic vs. Clinical Research
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    ISBN: 9789400714663
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVI, 753p. 10 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. International handbook of migration, minorities and education
    RVK:
    Keywords: Regional planning ; Migration ; Education ; Education ; Regional planning ; Migration ; Minorities ; Education ; Immigrants ; Education ; Educational sociology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Regionalplanung ; Migration ; Erziehung ; Minderheit ; Regionalplanung ; Migration ; Erziehung ; Minderheit ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Migrants and minorities are always at risk of being caught in essentialized cultural definitions and being denied the right to express their cultural preferences because they are perceived as threats to social cohesion. Migrants and minorities respond to these difficulties in multiple ways - as active agents in the pedagogical, political, social, and scientific processes that position them in this or that cultural sphere. On the one hand, they reject ascribed cultural attributes while striving towards integration in a variety of social spheres, e.g. school and workplace, in order to achieve so
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter-1; General Introduction; References; Part I Culture, Difference and Learning; Chapter-2; Movements and Migratory Processes: Roles and Responsibilities of Education and Learning; Contexts of Migration and of Culture; Contexts of Education and of Learning; Content of This Section; References; Chapter-3; Understanding Cultural Differences as Social Limits to Learning: Migration Theory, Culture and Young Migrants; Conclusion; References; Chapter-4; Beyond Limits and Limitations: Reflections on Learning Processes in Contexts of Migration and Young People; Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: Social Limits to Learning and AmbivalenceIdentity and Abstract Equalizing: Morality of Solidarity; Mergner and Education; University Education: Key Issues; Social Limits to Learning, Ambivalence and University Education; Identity, Abstract Equalizing, Morality of Solidarity and University Education; Migration, Learning, Ambivalence and Solidarity; References; Chapter-5; The Concept of Ethnicity and its Relevancefor Biographical Learning; Introduction; On the History of the Concept; Participation Through Contract, Exclusion Through Belonging: The Example of Kant; Ethnicity and Gender
    Description / Table of Contents: Ethnicity as Biographical PositioningSome Conclusions; References; Chapter-6; The Different Grammar of Integration; Social Self-understanding as Opposed to Integration!; References; Chapter 7; Introduction; New Swiss Policies on Foreigners; Integration as Education; The Birth of Coexistence; The Will to Unity; Integration as a Hegemonic Project; Community and Citizenship; Education, Population, Security: Towards an "Integration Society"; Conclusion; References; Chapter 8; Opportunities of Managing Diversity in Local Educational Programs; Theoretical Views on Diversity
    Description / Table of Contents: Diversity in the Field of Social SciencesThree Perspectives on Diversity; Reflectivity as a Key Qualification for Educational Programs; The Significance of Cultural Capital for Managing Diversity; Diversity in the Field of Cultural Studies; The Social Contribution of Culture; The Concept of Shifting Identities; Conflicting Scenarios on Cultural Difference; Political Background and Sociopolitical Challenges of Diverse Societies; Objectives for a Diversity-Based Local Educational Program; Conclusion; References; Chapter-10; Opening a Gate to Citizenship: Media for Migrants; Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: Conceptual FrameworkIsrael: Language, Ideologies, Immigration; Media in Simplified Language; Hanukkah: A Heroic Feast; Research Methodology; Hanukkah for Beginners: Findings; References; Chapter-11; Living in Different Worlds and Learning All About It: Migration Narratives in Perspective; Introduction; Methodology; Ali Garare; Qassim; Learning to Belong; Learning to Learn from Life: The Purpose of Education; Conclusion; References; Chapter-12; Early Childhood Education in Multilingual Settings; Introduction; Monocultural and Monolingual Traditions in Education Systems, Practice, and Research
    Description / Table of Contents: Research on Bilingualism and Its Implications for Language Education
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    ISBN: 9789400723061
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Series Statement: ARI - Springer Asia Series 2
    DDC: 305.55098209
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Architecture ; Anthropology ; Human Geography
    Abstract: This pioneering collection brings together an international group of scholars to explore the Vietnamese middle class. From the leisure pursuits of the colonial middle class to the impact of the new urban rich on landscape of the countryside, this interdisciplinary volume explores the ways in which middle classness has been practiced in a wide range of contexts throughout the 20th century and into the 21st. In addition to offering insights into how middle classness was and is constituted and negotiated, this collection illuminates the cultural and social conditions of two distinctive periods in
    Abstract: This pioneering collection brings together an international group of scholars to explore the Vietnamese middle class. From the leisure pursuits of the colonial middle class to the impact of the new urban rich on landscape of the countryside, this interdisciplinary volume explores the ways in which middle classness has been practiced in a wide range of contexts throughout the 20th century and into the 21st. In addition to offering insights into how middle classness was and is constituted and negotiated, this collection illuminates the cultural and social conditions of two distinctive periods in
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Contributors; 1 Introduction: Who Are the Urban Middle Class in Vietnam?; 1.1 Narratives of Class in Vietnamese History; 1.2 Problematizing the Middle Class; 1.3 Conceptualizing the Middle Class; 1.4 Chapter Summaries; References; Part I Historical Perspectives; 2 Advertising, Modernity, and Consumer Culture in Colonial Vietnam; 2.1 Existing Scholarship; 2.2 Advertising and the Colonial World; 2.3 Progress Has No Limits!; 2.4 Consumer Identity and New Communities; 2.5 Creating Communities: Consumption and the Formation of a National Identity; 2.6 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Cuisine and Social Status Among Urban Vietnamese, 1888--19263.1 Upper-Middle-Class Vietnamese: A Separate Path; 3.2 Middle-Class Interest in New Products; 3.3 Middle-Class Restaurant Culture; 3.4 The First Modern Cookbook in Vietnamese; 3.5 Vietnamese Middle-Class Vulnerability; 3.6 Conclusion; References; 4 The Associational Life of the Vietnamese Middle Class in Saigon (1950s--1970s); 4.1 Social and Political Changes in Saigon; 4.2 Voluntary Associations; 4.3 The Vietnamese Middle Class, the State, and Nation-Building; 4.4 Conclusion; References; Part II Contemporary Perspectives
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Middle Class Landscapes in a Transforming City: Hanoi in the 21st Century5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Middle-Class Landscapes; 5.3 Hanoi's Middle Class Landscapes; 5.3.1 Housing and Suburbs; 5.3.2 Consumption and Leisure; 5.3.3 Private and Public Space; 5.4 Conclusion; References; 6 Finances, Family, Fashion, Fitness, and ... Freedom? The Changing Lives of Urban Middle-Class Vietnamese Women; 6.1 Rendering Middle Classness Moral; 6.2 The Gendered Dilemmas of Market Freedom; 6.3 Finances; 6.4 Family; 6.5 Fashion; 6.6 Fitness; 6.7 Rethinking Market Freedoms in Vietnam; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 7 Exhibiting Middle Classness: The Social Status of Artists in Hanoi7.1 A History of Art Patronage in Vietnam; 7.2 The Social Class of Artists; 7.3 The Artist as a Middle-Class Male; References; 8 Banking on the Middle Class in Ho Chi Minh City; 8.1 Formations of the Middle Class; 8.2 Banking and the Revolution; 8.3 Reforming the Banking Sector; 8.4 Banking on the Middle Class; 8.5 Sorry, Out of Cash; 8.6 Conclusion; References; 9 When the Ðai Gia (Urban Rich) Go to the Countryside: Impacts of the Urban-Fuelled Rural Land Market in the Uplands; 9.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 9.2 Ð?i M?i and Middle Class in Vietnam9.3 Arrival of the Ðai Gia in the Uplands and Their Impact on Land Tenure; 9.4 What's Motivating the Ðai Gia to Go to the Uplands?; 9.5 Ðai Gia and the Production of Real Estate Companies; 9.6 Challenging the Conventions; 9.7 Conclusion; References; 10 Afterword: Consumption and Middle-Class Subjectivity in Vietnam; 10.1 Consumption, Modernity, and the Middle Class; 10.2 Consumption, Production, Market, and State; 10.3 Conclusion; References; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 1283456346 , 9789400723030 , 9781283456340
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Series Statement: Social Indicators Research Series 47
    DDC: 306.874/5
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Social work ; Quality of Life Research ; Asien ; Großeltern ; Soziale Rolle
    Abstract: Within the context of an ageing Asia, the growing numbers of grandparents and the important roles they play within the family propel the need for a book devoted to their experiences. This book, with its focus on the Asian perspective, is pertinent and timely as Asia has undergone socio-cultural, economic and family transformations as a result of modernization, urbanization and demographic aging in the last century. In filling a gap in the current literature, the volume seeks to answer the following questions, what is the state of grandparenting in the Asian context today? How do the roles and
    Description / Table of Contents: Experiencing Grandparenthood; The Editors; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Grandparenthood in Asia; 1 The Attention on Grandparenthood; 2 The Traditional Grandparent: An Asian Perspective; 3 Does the Traditional Grandparent Still Exist?; 4 Some Conceptual and Theoretical Perspectives on Grandparenting; 4.1 Intergenerational Relations; 4.2 Living Arrangements; 4.3 Filial Responsibility and Filial Piety; 4.4 Family Solidarity and Ambivalence; 4.5 Social Capital; 4.6 Individualisation Theory; 4.7 Life Course Perspective
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.8 The Social-Developmental Perspective4.9 Conceptual Framework; 4.10 Reciprocity; 4.11 The Methodology; 5 Limitations and Features of the Volume; References; Chapter 2: Changing Social and Demographic Characteristics in Asia; 1 The World Population and Asia; 2 The Rapidly Declining Birthrate and Ageing Population in Asia; 3 Ageing Population; 4 Social and Economic Conditions in Asian Countries; 4.1 China; 4.2 Hong Kong; 4.3 Japan; 4.4 Malaysia; 4.5 Singapore; 4.6 Thailand; 5 Changes in Family and Living Arrangements; References; Chapter 3: Grandparenting Roles and Functions; 1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Grandparenting Roles and Functions3 An Asian Perspective; 4 Methodology; 4.1 Measures; 4.2 Data Analysis; 5 Results; 5.1 Shared Views Across the Generations; 5.2 Different Views Across the Generations; 6 Grandparenthood as a Personal Journey: Unique and Diverse Experiences; 6.1 Reasons for Changes in Grandparenting Roles and Functions over Time; 6.2 Expectations of Grandparenting Roles and Functions; 7 Discussion; 8 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Meanings of Being a Grandparent; 1 The Cultural and Symbolic Significance of Becoming a Grandparent; 1.1 Family Continuity
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.2 Preference for the Male in Family Continuity1.3 Advancing Up the Family Hierarchy; 2 Grandparents: The Informal Childcare Providers; 2.1 'Non-interference' Behaviour and Caregiving; 3 Ensuring a 'Good' Grandchild: Grandparents and Value Transmission; 3.1 The Scope of Grandparents' Teachings; 3.2 A Good Grandparent Stays Away from Disciplining Grandchildren; 4 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Stress and Conflict Management Strategies in Grandparenthood; 1 Understanding the Common Stresses Facing Grandparents; 2 Major Themes; 2.1 Living Arrangements and Family Dynamics
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 The Multiple Overlapping Roles That Grandparents Play2.3 Altruistic Worries; 2.3.1 Money Matters; 2.3.2 Loss of Culture and Traditions; 2.4 Ambivalence over Filial Expectations, Changing Norms and Self Versus Family Demands; 3 Strategies of Conflict Management; 3.1 Avoidance and Non-interference Strategy; 3.2 Flexible Boundaries; 3.3 Adaptability to Circumstances; 3.4 Philosophical Wisdom; References; Chapter 6: The Socio-psychological Well-Being of Grandparents; 1 Closeness with Grandchildren; 1.1 Enjoying Co-existence with the Younger Generation
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.2 Closeness to the Grandchildren at Home
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400718692
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 240p, digital)
    Series Statement: Law and Philosophy Library 98
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Efficiency, sustainability, and justice to future generations
    RVK:
    Keywords: Climatic changes ; Environmental law ; Environmental economics ; Commercial law ; Law ; Law ; Law Philosophy ; Climatic changes ; Environmental law ; Environmental economics ; Commercial law ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Recht ; Wirtschaft ; Generationengerechtigkeit ; Nachhaltigkeit
    Abstract: Fifty years after the famous essay "The Problem of Social Cost" (1960) by the Nobel laureate Ronald Coase, Law and Economics seems to have become the lingua franca of American jurisprudence, and although its influence on European jurisprudence is only moderate by comparison, it has also gained popularity in Europe. A highly influential publication of a different nature was the "Brundtland Report" (1987), which extended the concept of sustainability from forestry to the whole of the economy and society. According to this report, development is sustainable when it 'meets the
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Introduction; Contents; Contributors; About the Authors; Part I Law and Economics; Consequentialism in Law; 1 Introduction; 2 Consequentialism in the Regulatory Process; 3 Consequentialism in the Application of Law; 3.1 Arguments Against Considering Impacts; 3.2 Arguments in Favour of Considering Impacts; 3.3 Implications for Legal Practice; 4 The Example of the Hand rule (learned Hand formula); 4.1 The Consequences Paradox; 4.2 The Bilateralism Critique; 4.3 Approaches in Swiss Liability Law; Bibliography
    Description / Table of Contents: Consequence-Based Arguments in Legal Reasoning: A Jurisprudential Preface to Law and Economics1 The Jurisprudential Preface; 2 Legal Reasoning and the Consequences of Judicial Decisions; 3 What Are Consequence-Based Arguments; 4 What Type of Consequences Matter; 5 (When and Why) Should Judges Use Consequence-Based Arguments; 6 Conceivability and Objections from the Nature of Adjudication; 7 Feasibility: Objections from Individual and Collective Expertise; 8 The Alternatives of Judicial Optimization: Ex ante Evaluation and Policy-Making in Legislation and Administration
    Description / Table of Contents: 9 Desirability and Legitimacy10 Conclusions; Bibliography; Is the Rationality of Judicial Judgements Jeopardized by Cognitive biases and Empathy; 1 Introduction; 2 Cognitive Biases; 2.1 Heuristics and Biases; 2.1.1 Availability Bias; 2.1.2 Hindsight Bias; 2.1.3 Anchoring; 2.1.4 Confirmation Bias; 2.1.5 Egocentric Bias; 2.2 Debiasing; 3 Empathy; 4 Conclusion; Bibliography; Part II Law and Sustainability; Our Responsibility Towards Future Generations; 1 Introduction; 2 An Ethics of Responsibility for the Future Generation: The Paradigm of Hans Jonas
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Survival as the Objective of Law: A New Interpretation of Herbert Hart's "Minimum Content of Natural Law"4 Future of the Species and the Avenue of Transcendence: Tentative Outlines; Bibliography; Future Generations in John Rawls, Theory of Justice; 1 Introduction; 1.1 The Problem of the Lack of Reciprocity; 1.2 The ''Just Saving'' Principle; 2 Justice Between Generations; 2.1 The Definition of the Original Position; 2.2 The Supplementary Motivational Assumption; 2.3 Rawls, Later Proposed Solution; 2.4 Hume's, Conditions of Justice Versus Kant 's, Universalization
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 Extending the Veil of Ignorance to Membership of a Generation3 What Should Actually Be Saved; 3.1 Weak sustainability; 3.2 Strong Sustainability; 4 Implications; Bibliography; What Is It Like to Be Unborn?; 1 Our Common Future: Biodiversity and Biotechnology; 1.1 Interdependencies; 1.2 Conflicts; 1.3 Valuing Biodiversity: A Matter of Justice; 1.4 Future justice (1): The Intrinsic Value of Natural and Cultural Resources; 2 Custodians of Biological and Cultural Diversity; 2.1 Rights of Native People and Farmers Rights; 2.2 Future justice(2): Rights of Biosocial Communities of Fate
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Representatives of the Unforeseeable Future
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400719941 , 1283456133 , 9781283456135
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (CCCIX, 12p. 65 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Mathematics Education Library 52
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Language and languages ; Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Language and languages ; Mathematics
    Abstract: Language can be simultaneously both a support and a hindrance to students' learning of mathematics. When students have sufficient fluency in the mathematics register so that they can discuss their ideas, they become chiefs who are able to think mathematically. However, learning the mathematics register of an Indigenous language is not a simple exercise and involves many challenges not only for students, but also for their teachers and the wider community. Collaborating to Meet Language Challenges in Indigenous Mathematics Classrooms identifies some of the challenges-political, mathematical, co
    Description / Table of Contents: He mihi aroha; Acknowledgements; Contents; 1 Introduction; Wero and the Story of Maui; The School and the Data; Using Case Studies; The Complexity of Learning Mathematics in an Indigenous Language; Meeting and Overcoming Challenges; Overview of the Chapters; Part I Meeting Political Challenges; 2 The Development of a Mathematics Register in an Indigenous Language; Te Wero No Waho - The External Challenge; Te Wero No Roto - The Internal Challenge; The Process of Expanding the Mathematics Register in Te Reo Maori; The Standardising Process
    Description / Table of Contents: Challenges to Te Reo Maori from Developing the Mathematics RegisterMeeting Challenges; 3 The History of Te Kura Kaupapa Maori o Te Koutu - The Politicisation of a Local Community; The History of Te Koutu; Governance and Whanau Involvement in the School; Meeting Challenges in Establishing and Operating Te Koutu; 4 It Is Kind of Hard to Develop Ideas When You Can't Understand the Question: Doing Exams Bilingually; National Certificate of Educational Achievement; Making the Exams Bilingual; Results from Bilingual NCEA Examinations; Equivalence in Bilingual Education
    Description / Table of Contents: Improving the Quality of the Te Reo Maori ExaminationsStudents' Responses to Doing Exams Bilingually; Meeting the Challenge of Doing Exams Bilingually; Part II Meeting Mathematical Challenges; 5 The Resources in Te Reo Maori for Students to Think Mathematically; Resources in Te Reo Maori; Linguistic Markers; Transparency Within Terms; Logical Connectives; Linguistic Complexity; Learning How to Give Spoken Explanations; Kanikani Pangarau - Dancing Mathematics; Meeting Challenges Around Thinking Mathematically; 6 Writing to Help Students Think Mathematically
    Description / Table of Contents: The Role of Literacy Within a Traditionally Oral CultureWriting to Support Reflection; Types of Writing in Mathematics; Writing in Mathematics at Te Koutu; Whakaahua; Whakamarama; Parahau; Judging the Quality of Mathematical Writing; Students' Views About Writing in Mathematics; Challenges in Writing to Support Mathematical Thinking; 7 The Case of Probability; Students Learning About Probability; Learning to Think About Probability; Developing the Idea of Likelihood in the Beginning School Years; Developing Ideas About the Probability of Events at the End of Primary School
    Description / Table of Contents: Developing Ideas About the Probability of Events in Intermediate and High SchoolMeeting the Challenge of Using Language for Thinking Probabilistically; Part III Meeting Community Challenges; 8 Using the Mathematics Register Outside the Classroom; Te Reo Maori and Broadcasting; The Use of the Mathematic Register on Mori Television; The Use of Te Reo Maori by Students Once They Finish Their Mori-Medium Schooling; Using Te Reo Maori for Further Study; Using Te Reo Maori at Work; Using Te Reo Maori for Socialising; Meeting the Challenge of Having Te Reo Maori Spoken in the Community
    Description / Table of Contents: 9 Teachers as Learners of the Mathematics Register
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    ISBN: 9789400718487 , 1283456087 , 9781283456081
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 293p, digital)
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 199
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Founding psychoanalysis phenomenologically
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Psychoanalyse ; Philosophie ; Phänomenologie ; Psychoanalyse ; Philosophie ; Phänomenologie ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: The present anthology seeks to give an overview of the different approaches to establish a relation between phenomenology and psychoanalysis, primarily from the viewpoint of current phenomenological research. Already during the lifetimes of the two disciplines' founders, Edmund Husserl (1859 - 1938) and Sigmund Freud (1856 - 1939), phenomenological and phenomenologically inspired authors were advancing psychoanalytic theses. For both traditions, the Second World War presented a painful and devastating disruption of their development and mutual exchange. During the postwar period, phenomenologi
    Abstract: The present anthology seeks to give an overview of the different approaches to establish a relation between phenomenology and psychoanalysis, primarily from the viewpoint of current phenomenological research. Already during the lifetimes of the two disciplines' founders, Edmund Husserl (1859 - 1938) and Sigmund Freud (1856 - 1939), phenomenological and phenomenologically inspired authors were advancing psychoanalytic theses. For both traditions, the Second World War presented a painful and devastating disruption of their development and mutual exchange. During the postwar period, phenomenologi
    Description / Table of Contents: Founding Psychoanalysis Phenomenologically; Contents; Abbreviations; Introduction; Phantasieren und Phantasma bei Husserl und Freud; 1 Husserl. Reine Phantasie und Selbstentzweiung; 1.1 Die Entwicklung von Husserls Phänomenologie des Phantasiebewusstseins; 1.2 Reine Phantasien; 1.3 Das innere Bewusstsein vom Phantasieren; 2 Freud. Phantasieren und unbewusste Phantasmen; 2.1 Die Entwicklung von Freuds Verständnis des Phantasierens; 2.2 Phantasieren und Phantasma; 2.3 Verschiedene Arten von Phantasmen; Notes; Depth Phenomenology of the Emotive Dynamic and the Psychoanalytic Experience
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 Phenomenology and Psychology; 3 Psychoanalysis as Inner Psychology; 4 The Psychoanalytic Method of Treatment: Free Association and the Discovery of the Involuntary Idea; 5 The Dream and Unconscious Phantasy as Fields of Subjective Experience; 6 The Dynamic of Psychoanalytic Experience; 6.1 Resistance and Transference; 6.2 The Phenomenon of Resonance and Communication from Unconscious to Unconscious; 7 Phenomenology of Phantasy and the Emotive Dynamic of Unconscious Genesis; 8 Conclusion; Notes; Axiomatics of the Flesh; 1; 1.1 The Axiom of the Indivision of Being
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.2 The Axiom of the Division of Being1.3 The Axiom of Mediation Between Division and Indivision or the Principle of Reversibility; 1.4 The Axiom of Supplementary Texture; Notes; Body Memory and the Unconscious; 1 Introduction: Psychoanalysis and Phenomenology; 2 Body Memory; 3 Body Memory and Life Space; 4 On the Phenomenology of the Unconscious; 5 Trauma and Reiteration; 6 Summary; Notes; References; Psychoanalysis: Philosophy and/or Science of Subjectivity? Prospects for a Dialogue Between Phenomenology, Philosophy of Mind, and Psychoanalysis
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Paul Ricœur's Phenomenological Approach to the Psychoanalytic Experience2 Philosophical Investigations from Philosophy of Mind and Phenomenology Contribute to Psychoanalysis as a Philosophy of the Singular and Irreducible Aspects of the Subjective Mind; 3 Convergent Scientific Data from the Cognitive Field Contribute to Psychoanalysis as a Science of the General Mechanisms of the Subjective Mind; Notes; Berührungspunkte zwischen der „Philosophie" Freuds und der Phänomenologie; 1 Freuds Verhältnis zur Philosophie - ein Phasenmodell
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Die Annahme der Intentionalität der psychischen Phänomene - Franz Brentanos Einfluss auf Freud und Husserl3 Auf der Suche nach einer neuen Wissensform des Unbewussten - Freuds und Husserls Anknüpfungen an Theodor Lipps; 4 Verschmelzung von psychoanalytischen Grundgedanken mit der Phänomenologie - Ludwig Binswangers Auseinandersetzung mit Freud und Husserl; 5 Offene Fragen; Notes; References; Edmund Husserl and Jacques Lacan: An Ethical Difference in Epistemology?; 1; 2; 3; 4; 5; 6; 7; Notes
    Description / Table of Contents: Psychoanalysis and the Logic of Thinking Without Language. How Can We Conceive of Neurotic Displacement, Denying, Inversion etc. as Rational Actions of the Mind?
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400714632
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 329p. 51 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Theoretical Psycholinguistics 40
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Case, word order and prominence
    RVK:
    Keywords: Psycholinguistics ; Linguistics ; Linguistics ; Psycholinguistics ; Construction grammar ; Grammar, Comparative and general ; Case ; Grammar, Comparative and general ; Word order ; Emphasis (Linguistics) ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Kasus ; Wortstellung ; Argument ; Satzsemantik
    Abstract: Language users have access to several sources of information during the build up of a meaningful construction. These include grammatical rules, situational knowledge, and general world knowledge. A central role in this process is played by the argument structure of verbs, which establishes the syntactic and semantic relationships between arguments. This book provides an overview of recent psycholinguistic and theoretical investigations on the interplay between structural syntactic relations and role semantics. The focus herein lies on the interaction of case marking and word order with semanti
    Abstract: Language users have access to several sources of information during the build up of a meaningful construction. These include grammatical rules, situational knowledge, and general world knowledge. A central role in this process is played by the argument structure of verbs, which establishes the syntactic and semantic relationships between arguments. This book provides an overview of recent psycholinguistic and theoretical investigations on the interplay between structural syntactic relations and role semantics. The focus herein lies on the interaction of case marking and word order with semanti
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400723634
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 355p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Argumentation Library 21
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Comparative linguistics ; Literacy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Comparative linguistics ; Literacy ; Argumentationstheorie ; Logik
    Abstract: J. Anthony Blair is a prominent international figure in argumentation studies. He is among the originators of informal logic, an author of textbooks on the informal logic approach to argument analysis and evaluation and on critical thinking, and a founder and editor of the journal Informal Logic. Blair is widely recognized among the leaders in the field for contributing formative ideas to the argumentation literature of the last few decades. This selection of key works provides insights into the history of the field of argumentation theory and various related disciplines. It illuminates the ce
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Acknowledgements; Introduction; Philosopher of Argument; Theoretical Threads; Master of the Field; Prophetic Voice; Gatekeeper; Contents; Part I Critical Thinking; Introduction; 1 Is There an Obligation to Reason Well; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Moral Obligation and Reasoning Well; 1.3 Two Arguments for the Obligation to Reason Well; 1.4 Some Objections Considered; 2 The Keegstra Affair: A Test Case for Critical Thinking; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Background; 2.3 What Is Wrong with Mr. Keegstra's Theory as a Historical Theory?; 2.4 What Is Wrong with Mr. Keegstra's Methodology of History?
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 What Is Wrong with the Way Mr. Keegstra Taught History?2.6 What Can We Do?; 3 What Is Bias?; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Bad and Avoidable Bias; 3.3 Technical Bias; 3.4 Unavoidable and Potentially Dangerous Bias; 3.5 Contingent but Neutral or Good Bias; 3.6 An Understanding of Bias; Postscript; Part II Informal Logic; Introduction; 4 Argument Management, Informal Logic and Critical Thinking; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Argument Management; 4.3 Illative Core Analysis and Evaluation; 4.4 What Is Informal Logic?; 4.5 Other Senses of 'Informal Logic'
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.6 How Is Critical Thinking Related to Informal Logic?4.7 Conclusion; 5 What Is the Right Amount of Support for a Conclusion?; 5.1 Introduction: The Problem; 5.2 One Solution: Deductivism; 5.3 Another Solution: Pragma-Dialectical Theory; 5.4 The Solution? The Dialectical Community; 6 Premissary Relevance; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Premissary Relevance and Other Kinds of Relevance; 6.3 The Property of Premissary Relevance; 6.3.1 The Argument Condition; 6.3.2 The ''Actual Support'' Condition; 6.4 The Property of "Lending Support to"; 6.5 Some Implications of the Account
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.6 Argument Schemes or Topoi6.7 Summary; 7 Premise Adequacy; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Argumentative Quarrels; 7.3 Argumentative Persuasion; 7.4 Hostile Advocacy; 7.5 Neutral Curiosity; 7.6 Refereeing; 7.7 Negotiation; 7.8 Rational Disagreement Resolution; 7.9 Conclusion; 8 Relevance, Acceptability and Sufficiency Today; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Relevance; 8.3 Acceptability; 8.4 Sufficiency; 8.5 Other Objections; 8.6 Conclusion; 9 The "Logic" of Informal Logic; 9.1 Introduction; 9.2 Review of the Accounts; 9.2.1 Wisdom's Reasoning by Parallels or Case-by-Case Reasoning; 9.2.2 Toulmin's Warrants
    Description / Table of Contents: 9.2.3 Wellman''s ''Conductive'' Reasoning9.2.4 Rescher's Provisoed Assertion and Probative Reasoning; 9.2.5 Defeasible Reasoning; 9.2.6 Walton's Presumptive Reasoning and Presumptive Arguments; 9.3 Similarities and Differences; 9.3.1 ''Validity'' of the Illative Move Explicitly not Deductive or Inductive; 9.3.2 Reasoning vs. Argument; 9.3.3 Distinctive Logic?; 9.3.4 Restrictions on the Domain of Applicationof the Illative Move; 9.3.5 Legitimacy Defended; 9.3.6 Concept of Defeasibility Present; 9.3.7 Concept of Presumption Explicit; 9.3.8 Illative Move Seen Explicitly as Dialectical
    Description / Table of Contents: 9.3.9 Test of a ''Good'' Illative Move
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400717459
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 250 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science 263
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Integrating history and philosophy of science
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Medicine ; History ; Humanities ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Medicine ; History ; Humanities ; Science ; Philosophy ; Science ; History
    Abstract: Though the publication of Kuhn's Structure of Scientific Revolutions seemed to herald the advent of a unified study of the history and philosophy of science, it is a hard fact that history of science and philosophy of science have increasingly grown apart. Recently, however, there has been a series of workshops on both sides of the Atlantic (called '&HPS') intended to bring historians and philosophers of science together to discuss new integrative approaches. This is therefore an especially appropriate time to explore the problems with and prospects for integrating history and philosophy of sc
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. General reflections -- pt. 2. Case studies.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400724709 , 1283456435 , 9781283456432
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 290p. 40 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Perspectives on scientific argumentation
    RVK:
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Curriculum planning ; Science Study and teaching ; Science ; Methodology ; Logic ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wissenschaft ; Methodologie ; Dewey, John 1859-1952 Logic ; Wissenschaft ; Methodologie ; Dewey, John 1859-1952 Logic ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: 4205 Introduction /Jonathan Osborne --The two faces of scientific argumentation :applications to global climate change /E. Michael Nussbaum, Gale M. Sinatra, and Marissa C. Owens --The importance of embedding argument within science classrooms /Andy Cavagnetto and Brian Hand --Scientific reasoning and argumentation from a Bayesian perspective /Evan Szu and Jonathan Osborne --Students' framings and their participation in scientific argumentation /Leema Kuhn Berland and David Hammer --The design and enactment of argumentation activities /Shirley Simon, Katherine Richardson, and Ruth Amos --Argumentation and reasoning in life and in school :implications for the design of school science learning environments /Leah A. Bricker and Philip Bell --Argumentation and evaluation intervention in science classes :teaching and learning with Toulmin /Janis A. Bulgrena and James D. Ellis --Research on critique and argumentation from the technology enhanced learning in science center /Douglas B. Clark --Evaluating arguments about climate change /Adam Corner --The effects of university students' argumentation on socio-scientific issues via on-line discussion in their informal reasoning regarding this issue /Yin-Tien Wu and Chin-Chung Tsai --The development and validation of the assessment of Scientific Argumentation in the Classroom (ASAC) observation protocol :a tool for evaluating how students participate in scientific argumentation /Victor Sampson, Patrick J. Enderle, and Joi Phelps Walker --Beyond argumentation :sense-making discourse in the science classroom /Scott P. McDonald and Gregory J. Kelly --Development of argumentative knowledge in science education /Myint Swe Khine
    Abstract: Argumentation-arriving at conclusions on a topic through a process of logical reasoning that includes debate and persuasion- has in recent years emerged as a central topic of discussion among science educators and researchers. There is now a firm and general belief that fostering argumentation in learning activities can develop students' critical thinking and reasoning skills, and that dialogic and collaborative inquiries are key precursors to an engagement in scientific argumentation. It is also reckoned that argumentation helps students assimilate knowledge and generate complex meaning. The
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Theoretical premises of the study of argumentation -- pt. 2. Practice perspectives in argumentation -- pt. 3. Researching argumentation in science education.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    ISBN: 9789400719668 , 1283456125 , 9781283456128
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 363p. 64 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Mathematics Teacher Education 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Education ; Education
    Abstract: What kinds of curriculum materials do mathematics teachers select and use, and how? This question is complex, in a period of deep evolutions of teaching resources, with the proficiency of online resources in particular. How do teachers learn from these materials, and in which ways do they 'tailor' them for their use and pupil learning? Teachers collect resources, select, transform, share, implement, and revise them. Drawing from the French term A" ingenierie documentaire A",we call these processes A" documentation A". The literal English translation is A" to work with
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Teacher resources -- pt. 2. Text and curriculum resources -- pt. 3. Use of resources -- pt. 4. Collaborative use.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400722514
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 158p, digital)
    Series Statement: Contemporary Philosophies and Theories in Education 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational psychology ; Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Educational psychology
    Abstract: Many sociological, historical and cultural stories can be and have already been told about why it is that parents in post-industrial, western societies face an often overwhelming array of advice on how to bring up their children. At the same time, there have been several philosophical treatments of the legal, moral and political issues surrounding issues of procreation, the rights of children and the duties of parents, as well as some philosophical accounts of the shifts in our underlying conceptualization of childhood and adult-child relationships. While this book partly builds on the insight
    Description / Table of Contents: The Claims of Parenting; Acknowledgements; Introduction; Contents; Chapter 1: The Languages of Psychology and the Science of Parenting; Scientific Languages in Childrearing; Scientific Languages in Childrearing and the Parent-Child Relationship: Normative Assumptions; Universalism; Developmental Psychology and the Family; The (Causal) Logic of Developmental Psychology; Informing Research Agendas; Neuroscience and Pedagogical Action; The Need for Expertise in the Area of Childrearing: The Professionalisation of Parents; Being a Parent: Professional Status Versus Experience
    Description / Table of Contents: Socio-cultural EmbeddednessMarginalisation; Responsibility; Chapter 2: The Priority of the Particular and the First Person; The Critique of Technical Rationality; The Priority of the Particular; The First-Person Perspective; Chapter 3: The Intuitive, Caring Mother; A Feminist Perspective on the First-Person Perspective?; Ruddick's Maternal Thinking; Noddings' Relationship of Care; Stadlen and the Experience of Being a Mother; Let Parents Just 'Muddle On'?; Chapter 4: Good Enough Parenting?; Doing, Being and Closure; Parenting Styles; The Good Enough Parent; The Pursuit of Perfection
    Description / Table of Contents: When 'Good Enough' Is Not Good EnoughWhat Matters?; Chapter 5: Rights, Needs and Duties; Needs and Rights; The Right to the Best Upbringing; What Children Need and the First-Person Perspective; Parenting Contracts, Parenting Orders, an Upbringing Pledge; 'Rights-Talk' Versus 'Intimacy'; Chapter 6: Existential Anxiety, Responsibility and the Political Aspects of the Family; Upbringing in an Age of Uncertainty and Doubt: Scepticism, Parental Responsibility and Existential Anxiety; The 'Political' Aspects of the Family and Parental Responsibility; The 'Political' Aspects of the Family
    Description / Table of Contents: Beyond PoliticisationConclusion; References; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    ISBN: 9789400722576 , 128345629X , 9781283456296
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 197p, digital)
    Series Statement: Analecta Husserliana, The Yearbook of Phenomenological Research 111
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Tymieniecka, Anna-Teresa, 1925 - 2014 The fullness of the logos in the key of life ; Book 2: Christo-Logos
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, classical ; Metaphysics ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, classical ; Metaphysics ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy
    Abstract: This highly personal account of a lifetime's spiritual and philosophical enquiry charts the author's journey of faith through contemporary culture. Distinguishing between what she posits as the 'universal' and the 'rhapsodic' logos, Tymieniecka interrogates concepts as varied as creativity and the media, joy and suffering, and truth and ambiguity. She contemplates the possibilities and limits of communication between human beings, and outlines what she calls the 'transnatural destiny' of the human soul. The book asserts that unlike theory, which unfolds a logical continuity, and unlike dialogue, which is directed sequentially upward toward intellectual conclusions, the mode of reflection of the 'rhapsodic logos' imposes no limits or caps upon its understanding. Instead, the 'logoic' flow interlaces the rhapsodic cadences of our reflections on reality, in all their innumerable fluctuations, and sifts them to mold the intimate mind/soul inwardness that we experience as faith. The radiative meditations of this 'rhapsodic logos' weave their way through the entanglements of the mystery of incarnation, the constitutive archetypes, the inwardly sacred, the transnatural destiny of the soul, and finally ascend the rhapsodic scales toward culminating faith in the Christo-Logos
    Abstract: This highly personal account of a lifetime's spiritual and philosophical enquiry charts the author's journey of faith through contemporary culture. Distinguishing between what she posits as the 'universal' and the 'rhapsodic' logos, Tymieniecka interrogates concepts as varied as creativity and the media, joy and suffering, and truth and ambiguity. She contemplates the possibilities and limits of communication between human beings, and outlines what she calls the 'transnatural destiny' of the human soul. The book asserts that unlike theory, which unfolds a logical continuity, and unlike dialogu
    Description / Table of Contents: Table of Contents; Introduction; a. The Illusion of the Return to the Source; b. The Quest for ``True Reality'' and the Impasse Between Individual and Collective Effort; c. The Dilemma at the Heart of Creativity: Collective Heritage vis--vis Individual Existence; d. Phenomenology of Life (Philosophy of Life); Pro-Logos; a. The Dominating Drive of Our Age; b. The Universal Logos; c. The Issue; d. The Rhapsodic Logos: Inward Orientation Toward a Sense of Fulfillment; Pars I; The First Sermon of Timothy the Dispossessed: the Quest the Quest; A Period of Preparation for Faith
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Seeking Authentic Reality Behind its Media2. The Conditions of Creativity as Seen Philosophically; 3. The Radical Beginning: Limit Concepts and a New Pattern for the Mind; Pars II; The Second Sermon of Timothy the Dispossessed: Does God Speak to the Soul?; Glimmerings; 1. Hope: The Goddess of Illusion -- No Hope but Desire for God (An Afterthought); 2.Joy and Suffering; 3.The Life of Passion or of Stoic Reserve; 4. The Impossibility of Truth and the Ambiguity of Being; Pars III; The Window upon the Absolute; 1. Destiny
    Description / Table of Contents: 2. The Divine Scheme of Creation and the Transnatural Destiny of the Soul3. The Window to the Absolute; 4. The Transnatural Destiny of the Soul; 5. The Paradox of Love; 6. Waiting for God and the Spiritual Destiny of the Soul; 7. Human Communion, the Existential Communication of the Philosopher and the Communication of Transnatural Destiny; Pars IV; Opening the Window to the Absolute; 1. Is Human Communication Possible ? The Door to the Absolute; a. Mary and Elizabeth; b. The Communication of the Unique Treasure; c. The Unique Instant; Pars V
    Description / Table of Contents: Retracing our Steps to the Cave, Illuminating IT1. The Two-Way Reflection and Giving Meaning to Life; 2. The Suffering of Living (le Mal de Vivre); 3. The Meaning of Life and the Ideal of Life; Pars VI; In the Pursuit of Truth; 1. Human Knowing at Loose Ends; 2. The Search for Personal Truth; 3. The Broad Outlook and the Narrow Focus; 4. The Struggle for Life; Pars VII; The Third Sermon of Timothy the Dispossessed : the Mystery of Incarnation; Embodiment: Our Inward Drama Situated within the World of Life, Nature, and the Cosmos
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. The Contingent Existence of Man within the Scheme of the Cosmos2. Originary Evidence: The Antithetic Tension between Imminent Mobility and the Urge to Rest; 3. Movement, Change, and the Tendency to Seek Rest the Antithetic Situation: Experience at the Crossroads of the Imminent; a. Originary Evidence -- Collective Experience; b. Argument: The Concern and Notion of Existence; 4. The Individual and the World Context of Actual Existence; 5. More on Originary Evidence; a. The Sense-Bestowing Structure of Cognition and the Inexorable Changeability of Nature and the World Around Us
    Description / Table of Contents: b. The Instantaneity of Consciousness and its Essential Fleetingness: No Intrinsic Point of Rest or Support
    Note: "Published under the auspices of The World Institute for Advanced Phenomenological Research and Learning, A-T. Tymieniecka, President , Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400722606
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXII, 1125p, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy and Medicine 113
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Sadegh-Zadeh, Kazem Handbook of analytic philosophy of medicine
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; medicine Philosophy ; Medicine ; Bioinformatics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; medicine Philosophy ; Medicine ; Bioinformatics ; Medizin ; Philosophie ; Medizinische Ethik ; Medizin ; Philosophie ; Medizinische Ethik
    Abstract: Medical practice is practiced morality and clinical research belongs to normative ethics. The present book elucidates and advances this thesis by: analyzing the structure of medical language, knowledge, and theories; inquiring into the foundations of the clinical encounter; introducing the logic and methodology of clinical decision-making; suggesting comprehensive theories of organism, life, and psyche; of health, illness, and disease; of etiology, diagnosis, prognosis, prevention, and therapy; and investigating the moral and metaphysical issues central to medical practice and research
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. The language of medicine -- pt. 2. Medical praxiology -- pt. 3. Medical epistemology -- pt. 4. Medical deontics -- pt. 5. Medical logic -- pt. 6. Medical metaphysics -- pt. 7. Epilog -- pt. 8. Logical fundamentals.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400723764
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIX, 319p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Philosophical dimensions of human rights
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy of law ; Political science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy of law ; Political science Philosophy ; Human rights ; Philosophy ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Menschenrecht ; Rechtsphilosophie
    Abstract: This book presents a unique collection of the most relevant perspectives in contemporary human rights philosophy. Different intellectual traditions are brought together to explore some of the core postmodern issues challenging standard justifications. Widely accessible also to non experts, contributions aim at opening new perspectives on the state of the art of the philosophy of human rights. This makes this book particularly suitable to human rights experts as well as master and doctoral students. Further, while conceived in a uniform and homogeneous way, the book is internally organized arou
    Abstract: This book presents a unique collection of the most relevant perspectives in contemporary human rights philosophy. Different intellectual traditions are brought together to explore some of the core postmodern issues challenging standard justifications. Widely accessible also to non experts, contributions aim at opening new perspectives on the state of the art of the philosophy of human rights. This makes this book particularly suitable to human rights experts as well as master and doctoral students. Further, while conceived in a uniform and homogeneous way, the book is internally organized arou
    Description / Table of Contents: Philosophical Dimensionsof Human Rights; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Introduction; Part I: Historical and Philosophical Perspectives on Human Rights; Chapter 1: Human Rights in History and Contemporary Practice: Source Materials for Philosophy; 1.1 When Were "Human Rights" Invented?; 1.2 How Should Philosophers View the History of Human Rights?; References; Chapter 2: Philosophy and Human Rights: Contemporary Perspectives; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Skeptical Challenges; 2.2.1 Positivist Skepticism; 2.2.2 Relativist Skepticism; 2.2.3 Realist Skepticism; 2.2.4 Theological Skepticism
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3 Recent Philosophical Work on Human Rights2.3.1 John Rawls; 2.3.2 William Talbott; 2.3.3 James Griffin; 2.4 Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Reconsidering Realism on Rights; 3.1 Against Cosmopolitan Caricature; 3.2 Will the Real Realists Please Stand Up?; 3.3 Realism on Rights: A Second Look; 3.4 Realism Against Human Rights or: How Realism Went Wrong; 3.5 Conclusion; References; Part II: The Validit-(ies) of Human Rights; Chapter 4: The Concept of Human Dignity and the Realistic Utopia of Human Rights; I; II; III; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: The Justification of Human Rights and the Basic Right to Justification. A Reflexive Approach*I; II; III; IV; V; VI; VII; VIII; IX; X; References; Chapter 6: Social Harm, Political Judgment, and the Pragmatics of Justification; 6.1 Justice Versus Fairness; 6.2 Justice, Judgment, Justification; 6.3 The Problem of Validity; 6.4 On the Pragmatics of Justification; 6.5 Emancipation Through Deliberation?; 6.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 7: "It All Depends": The Universal and the Contingent in Human Rights; 7.1 Intolerance, Paternalism, and Human-Rights Universalism
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.1.1 Forms of Human-Rights Expansionism7.1.2 The Problem of Defective Representation; 7.1.3 Intolerance and Paternalism; 7.2 Universalism Mediated by Contingency; 7.2.1 The Right Not to Be Discriminated Against; 7.2.2 A Right to Outrageous Speech; 7.2.3 Extra-Political Articulation of Rights; 7.3 Conclusions; References; Chapter 8: Tiny Sparks of Contingency. On the Aesthetics of Human Rights; 8.1 The Unloading Ramp at Auschwitz; 8.2 Neda and the New Law on Earth; 8.3 Visual Iterations; 8.4 Injurable Lives; References; Chapter 9: The Idea of a Charter of Fundamental Human Rights
    Description / Table of Contents: 9.1 The Function and Structure of Legal Sources for Human Rights9.2 Defending a Charter of Fundamental Human Rights Against Frequent Objections; 9.3 The Philosophical Basis of the New Charter of Fundamental Human Rights; 9.4 Concluding Remark; References; Part III: Democracy and Human Rights; Chapter 10: Is There a Human Right to Democracy? Beyond Interventionism and Indifference*; 10.1 Human Rights in Contemporary Discourse; 10.2 A Discourse-Theoretic Account of Human Rights; 10.3 Moral Rights versus Legal Entitlements. A Critique of Nussbaum and Sen
    Description / Table of Contents: 10.4 Cohen and the Human Right to Democracy
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789048197842
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 228p. 16 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The International Library of Ethics, Law and Technology 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Exploring central and eastern Europe's biotechnology landscape
    Keywords: Biotechnologie ; Biotechnologie-Industrie ; Technologiepolitik ; Osteuropa ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Biology Philosophy ; Medical ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Biology Philosophy ; Medical ethics ; Biotechnology industries ; Europe, Central ; Biotechnology industries ; Europe, Eastern ; Science and state ; Europe, Central ; Science and state ; Europe, Eastern ; Mitteleuropa ; Biotechnologische Industrie ; Ethik ; Recht ; Verwaltung ; Osteuropa ; Mitteleuropa ; Biotechnologische Industrie ; Ethik ; Recht ; Verwaltung ; Osteuropa
    Abstract: At a time when the human genome has been sequenced advances in the life sciences seem to have great potential for human health, industry and the environment throughout Central and Eastern Europe (CEE). Still, for some, potential risks and ethical dilemmas remain, surrounding issues such as the appropriate use of GM crops, stem cells, genetic information, the nature of intellectual property and other challenges that come with EU accession. This book is the first of its kind to bring together experts from across Europe to explore the landscape of current life science policy and industrial develo
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; 1 Human Life Science and Agricultural Biotechnology in Transition: An Introduction; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Scientific Capability Under the Soviet Regime; 1.3 National Science Systems During and After Transition; 1.4 Geo-Political Transformations and European Accession; 1.5 Technological Shifts; 1.6 Contributors to This Volume; 1.7 Conclusion; References; 2 Biotechnology in Central and Eastern Europe: An Overview of Performance and Policy Systems; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Methodology; 2.3 Performance in Biotechnology
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4 CEE Countries' Policy-Making Systems2.4.1 General Characteristics; 2.4.2 Science and Technology Policy Actors; 2.5 Funding of Biotechnology; 2.6 Policy Characteristics Supporting Biotechnology Development; References; 3 Citizen Participation in Controversial EU Research Policies? The Debate on Human Embryonic Stem Cell Research Within the 6th Framework Programme; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Decision-Making; 3.2.1 The European Commission; 3.2.2 The European Council; 3.2.3 The European Parliament; 3.3 How "Participatory" Was Decision-Making?; 3.3.1 Process of Decision-Making
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.2 How Does the Commission Handle the Challenging Problem of HESC?3.3.2.1 The European Group on Ethics in Science and New Technologies (EGE); 3.3.2.2 European Group on Life Science (EGLS); 3.3.3 Informing the Public Directly and Indirectly; 3.4 Summary; References; 4 The Politics of Human Embryo Research in Poland; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Obscured Policy Regulations; 4.3 The Public Sphere and "Public Morals"; 4.4 A Limited Policy-Making Capacity; 4.5 Life for Life -- Public Consultation on Human Stem Cell Research; 4.6 Conclusion and Outlook; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Legal Ambiguities Concerning Medical Genetics in Poland -- Searching For a Common Ground5.1 Introduction; 5.2 International Legal Framework; 5.3 Genetic Research; 5.3.1 Genetic Research as Research Involving Human Subjects; 5.3.1.1 Setting the Scene; 5.3.1.2 Types of Medical Experiments with Human Subjects; 5.3.1.3 Informed Consent; 5.3.2 Research on Biological (Genetic) Material and Data; 5.3.2.1 Rules Concerning the Use of Biological Material; 5.3.2.2 Rules Concerning the Use of Biological/Health Data; 5.4 Medical Practice; 5.4.1 Genetic Testing as Processing of Biological (Genetic) Data
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.4.2 The Right to Know and the Right Not to Know5.4.3 Genetic Tests Available 'Over the Counter'; 5.4.4 Genetic Prenatal and Pre-implantation Diagnosis; 5.5 Conclusions; References; 6 Managing Trust and Risk in New Biotechnologies: The Case of Population Genome Project and Organ Transplantation in Latvia; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Positioning the Technologies; 6.3 Methods; 6.4 Biotechnologies and Risks; 6.5 Risks Produced by Technology: Living Without It; 6.6 Risks Applying Technology: Individual and Collective; 6.7 Using Risks in Reconceptualizing Illness
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.8 Trust in Abstract Tokens -- Reputation of Science and Medicine
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400721203 , 1283456192 , 9781283456197
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXIX, 353p. 66 illus., 24 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. International perspectives on teaching and learning with GIS in secondary schools
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Geographical information systems ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Geographical information systems ; Science Study and teaching ; Bibliografie ; Geoinformationssystem ; Unterricht ; High school ; Sekundarstufe ; Geografieunterricht ; Geoinformationssystem
    Abstract: This, the first publication to collate a broad international perspective on the pedagogical value of GIS technology in classrooms, offers an unprecedented range of expert views on the subject. Geographic Information Systems (GISs) are now ubiquitous and relatively inexpensive. They have revolutionized the way people explore and understand the world around them. The capability they confer allows us to capture, manage, analyze, and display geographic data in ways that were undreamt of a generation ago. GIS has enabled users to make decisions and solve problems as diverse as designing bus routes
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors; List of Figures; List of Tables; About the Editors; About the Authors; 1 The World at Their Fingertips: A New Age for Spatial Thinking; 1.1 Introduction; References; 2 Australia: Inquiry Learning with GIS to Simulate Coastal Storm Inundation; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Context of Secondary Education in Australia; 2.2.1 The Nature of Geography Education in Australian Schools; 2.2.2 Tertiary Training and Post-university Support of Geography Teachers; 2.3 The Use of GIS in Australian Geography Classrooms; 2.4 The Australian Geography Curriculum
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 An Example of a GIS-Based Student Activity2.6 Conclusion; References; 3 Austria: Links Between Research Institutions and Secondary Schools for Geoinformation Research and Practice; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Cases: GIS in Student Research Cooperations; 3.2.1 Schools on Ice (2007--2009); 3.2.2 Applications on the Move (2008--2010); 3.2.3 Geovisualization in Participatory Decision Making Processes (GEOKOM-PEP) (2009--2011); 3.3 Prospects; References; 4 Canada: Teaching Geography Through Geotechnology Across a Decentralized Curriculum Landscape; 4.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Geography and GIS Education in Canada4.3 Case Studies from Across Canada; 4.3.1 Case Study 1 -- Teresa Kewachuk, Hants East Rural High School, Milford Station (Shubenacadie), Nova Scotia; 4.3.2 Case Study 2 -- Rob Langston, Neelin High School, Brandon, Manitoba; 4.3.3 Case Study 3 -- Kirsten Davel and Cheryl Murtland, SMUS, Victoria, British Columbia; 4.4 Prospects; 4.4.1 Access to Technology; 4.4.2 IT Conflicts; 4.4.3 Time/Training; 4.4.4 Being the Expert; 4.4.5 Education Policy; References; 5 Chile: GIS and the Reduction of the Digital Divide in the Pan-American World; 5.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2 A Holistic Curriculum for a 'Knowledge Society'5.3 Classrooms as Laboratories: A Problem-Based Learning Environment; 5.4 ICT and the Use of GIS: Problems and Solutions; 5.5 Examples of GIS Innovations and Applications; 5.6 Conclusions; References; 6 China: Teacher Preparation for GIS in the National Geography Curriculum; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Cases; 6.2.1 Case 1: Geography Class for Second Year High School Students (Arts Majors); 6.2.2 Case 2: Geography Class for Second Year High School Students (Science Majors); 6.3 Prospects; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 7 Colombia: Development of a Prototype Web-Based GIS Application for Teaching Geography7.1 Status of Geography Education in Colombia; 7.2 Geography Contents at the Secondary Basic Education in Colombia; 7.3 History of GIS in Schools in the Country; 7.4 The GIS Prototype; 7.5 Prospects; References; 8 Denmark: Early Adoption and Continued Progress of GIS for Education; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Primary and Secondary Education in Denmark; 8.3 In-service Training for Upper-Secondary Teachers; 8.4 The History of GIS in Denmark; 8.4.1 From Remote Sensing to GIS; 8.4.2 Establishment of ArcIMS in 2003
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.5 GIS in Primary Education 2003--2004
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400721173 , 1283456184 , 9781283456180
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 206p, digital)
    Series Statement: Explorations of Educational Purpose 20
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science History ; Phenomenology ; Education ; Education ; Science History ; Phenomenology ; Education Philosophy ; Lernpsychologie ; Neugier
    Abstract: The desire for knowledge is an abiding facet of human experience and cultural development. This work documents curiosity as a sociohistorical force initiating research across the disciplines. Projects generated by theoretical curiosity are presented as historical and material practices emerging as expressions of embodied knowledge and experience. The shifting cultural, philosophical and practical relations between theory and curiosity are situated within classical, medieval, early modern and contemporary communities of practice. The Practice of Theoretical Curiosity advocates for a critical, a
    Abstract: The desire for knowledge is an abiding facet of human experience and cultural development. This work documents curiosity as a sociohistorical force initiating research across the disciplines. Projects generated by theoretical curiosity are presented as historical and material practices emerging as expressions of embodied knowledge and experience. The shifting cultural, philosophical and practical relations between theory and curiosity are situated within classical, medieval, early modern and contemporary communities of practice. The Practice of Theoretical Curiosity advocates for a critical, a
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; A Just Curious Introduction; Contents; 1 First Questions; Curiosity in Classical Inquiry; The Fall of Theory; Attending Medieval Minds; Notes; 2 A Taming of the Passions; Reading Republics; Passions, Affects, and Social Space; Powers of the Curious; The Encyclopedie and the Philosophes; Notes; 3 Pedagogies of Curiosity; On American Utility; Habits of Embodiment; Social Science as Accomplice; Calculating Reason; Critical Interventions; 4 The Sphinx; The Everyday; Striking the Matches; Experiments in the Aleatory; Inaugural Events; Notes; 5 Curiosity and the Question; Embodying Thought
    Description / Table of Contents: EnworldingChiasms; Sense and Sight; A New Materialism; 6 Thinking Life; Genetic Capital; Technics and Culture; Zoographics; Genomic Sovereignty; Notes; 7 Minds, Limits, and Spaces; Figuring Futures; Martian Interlude; Does Technology Think; Limit Forms; Notes; References; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    ISBN: 9789400723542
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 704 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. International Academy of Comparative Law General reports of the XVIIIth Congress of the International Academy of Comparative Law
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Civil law ; Public law ; Constitutional law ; Law ; Law ; Civil law ; Public law ; Constitutional law ; Konferenzschrift ; Internationales Privatrecht ; Rechtsvergleich
    Abstract: David V. Snyder
    Abstract: This title presents twenty-nine topics, prepared by leading scholars in more than 20 countries, providing a comparative analysis of cutting-edge legal topics of the 21st century. Considering topics of vital moment to contemporary legal scholars, the title includes pieces on Surrogate Motherhood, The Balance of Copyright in Comparative Perspective, International Law in Domestic Systems, Constitutional Courts as "Positive Legislators", Same-sex Marriage, Climate Change and the Law, The Regulation of Private Equity, Hedge Funds, and State Funds, and Regulation of Corporate Tax Evasion
    Description / Table of Contents: General Reports of the XVIIIth Congress of the International Academyof Comparative Law/Rapports Généraux du XVIIIème Congrès del'Académie Internationalede Droit Comparé; Preface; Steering Committee, 18th International Congress of Comparative Law, Washington, DC, July 2010; Préface; Contents; 1: Religion and the Secular State 1; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Global Social Setting; 1.3 Constitutional and Legal Context; 1.3.1 Constitutional Overview; 1.3.2 Comparative Perspectives: The Religion-State Identification Continuum; 1.3.3 Other Constitutional Issues Involving Religion
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.3.4 The Legal Setting1.4 Religious Autonomy; 1.5 Legal Regulation of Religion as a Social Phenomenon; 1.6 State Financial Support for Religion; 1.6.1 Justification of State Funding of Religion; 1.6.2 Criteria Used to Grant Financial Support; 1.6.3 Methods for Providing State Financial Support of Religion; 1.6.3.1 Direct Economic Aid; 1.6.3.2 Indirect Economic Aid; 1.6.4 Benefits and Problematic Aspects of State Financial Support of Religion; 1.7 Civil Effects of Religious Acts; 1.8 Religious Education; 1.8.1 Private Schools; 1.8.2 Religious Instruction in Public Schools
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.8.2.1 Denominational Religious Instruction1.8.2.2 Non-denominational Religious Education; 1.8.2.3 Practical Problems in the Implementation of Religious Education; 1.9 Religious Symbols in Public Places; 1.9.1 Religious Attire; 1.9.2 Display of Religious Symbols in Public Settings; 1.9.2.1 Monuments and Temporary Displays; 1.10 Freedom of Expression and Offenses Against Religion; 1.11 Conclusion; 2: Complexity of Transnational Sources 1; 2.1 The Subject; 2.2 Scope of Project; 2.3 A Tapestry Woven with Many Normative Threads; 2.4 Transnational, International or Extra-National Sources?
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 A Closer Look at the Questions2.5.1 Academic Literature; 2.5.2 Support by the Executive; 2.5.3 The Judiciary; 2.5.4 Jura novit curia?; 2.5.5 Judicial Strategies; 2.6 Suggestions as to "What Can Be Done About the Problem?"; 3: The Role of Practice in Legal Education 1; 3.1 An Overview of Issues for the General Report; 3.1.1 A Brief Taxonomy, and Some Issues in Theories of Comparison; 3.1.2 Definitional Issues; 3.2 The Paradigms of Practice in Legal Education: The National Reports and Beyond; 3.2.1 The Prevailing Paradigm in the National Reports
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.2 Beyond the National Reports: A Sketch of Data on Practice in Legal Education in the United States and the Netherlands3.2.2.1 Practice in Legal Education in the United States; 3.2.2.2 Practice in Legal Education in the Netherlands 98; 3.2.3 The Minority Paradigm: National Reports and the United States; 3.3 Other Noteworthy Aspects of Legal Education from the National Reports; 3.3.1 Relationship of Population to Bar Size, and Bar Size to Law Graduates; 3.3.2 Demographics and Legal Education; 3.3.3 Near-Elimination of Numerus Clausus Provisions
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.4 Practice-Related Issues on the National Bar Examination
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    ISBN: 9789400723092
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 297p. 18 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Neighbourhood effects research
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Geography ; Social policy ; Quality of Life Research ; Human Geography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Geography ; Social policy ; Quality of Life Research ; Human Geography ; Empirische Sozialforschung ; Lebensbedingungen ; Nachbarschaft ; Sozialstruktur ; Wirtschaftliche Lage ; Wohngebiet ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wohngebiet ; Sozialstruktur ; Nachbarschaft ; Wirtschaftliche Lage ; Lebensbedingungen ; Empirische Sozialforschung
    Abstract: Over the last 25 years a vast body of literature has been published on neighbourhood effects: the idea that living in more deprived neighbourhoods has a negative effect on residents' life chances over and above the effect of their individual characteristics. The volume of work not only reflects academic and policy interest in this topic, but also the fact that we are still no closer to answering the question of how important neighbourhood effects actually are. There is little doubt that these effects exist, but we do not know enough about the causal mechanisms which produce them, their relativ
    Description / Table of Contents: Neighbourhood Effects Research: New Perspectives; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Neighbourhood Effects Research: New Perspectives; Introduction; Identifying Causal Neighbourhood Effects; Neighbourhood Effects Research at a Crossroads?; Book Structure and Contents; References; Chapter 2: The Mechanism(s) of Neighbourhood Effects: Theory, Evidence, and Policy Implications; Introduction; How Might Neighbourhood Effects Transpire?; Social-Interactive Mechanisms; Environmental Mechanisms; Geographical Mechanisms; Institutional Mechanisms
    Description / Table of Contents: Conceptual Issues in Uncovering and Measuring Mechanism(s) of Neighbourhood EffectsThe Composition of the Neighbourhood Dosage; The Administration of the Neighbourhood Dosage; The Neighbourhood Dosage-Response Relationship; Past Investigative Responses and Their Limitations; Evidence on Social-Interactive Mechanisms of Neighbourhood Effects; Social Contagion and Collective Socialization; Social Networks; Social Cohesion and Control; Competition and Relative Deprivation; Parental Mediation; Evidence on Environmental Mechanisms of Neighbourhood Effects
    Description / Table of Contents: Evidence on Geographical Mechanisms of Neighbourhood EffectsEvidence on Institutional Mechanisms of Neighbourhood Effects; A Provisional Synthesis Regarding Evidence on Neighbourhood Effect Mechanisms; Implications for Scholarship and Policy; Advancing Scholarship on Neighbourhood Effect Mechanisms; Implications for Public Policy; References; Chapter 3: Ethnographic Evidence, Heterogeneity, and Neighbourhood Effects After Moving to Opportunity; Introduction; The First Twenty Years of Neighbourhood Effects Research; Selection Bias; Effects on Average; Mechanisms
    Description / Table of Contents: A Turning Point: The Moving to Opportunity StudiesMoving Forward: From Homogeneous to Heterogeneous Treatment Effects; Individual Level; Neighbourhood Level; City Level; Moving Forward: Better Integrating Ethnographic Research; Two Roles for Ethnographic Research; Ethnographic Data and Heterogeneity; Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Understanding Neighbourhood Effects: Selection Bias and Residential Mobility; Introduction; An Empirical Illustration of Selective Mobility Patterns; Selective Mobility and the Selection Problem; Factors Affecting Neighbourhood Choice
    Description / Table of Contents: Methods for Dealing with Neighbourhood Sorting and Selection BiasConcluding Remarks; References; Chapter 5: Social Mix, Reputation and Stigma: Exploring Residents' Perspectives of Neighbourhood Effects; Introduction; The Case Study Neighbourhoods; Survey Findings; Stigma and the Neighbourhood; The Condition of Housing; Attractiveness of the Neighbourhood; Safety of the Neighbourhood; Tenure and Neighbourhood Density; Summary and Discussion of Survey Results; Interview Findings; Attractiveness of the Neighbourhood and Condition of the Housing; Safety; Density; Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Theorising and Measuring Place in Neighbourhood Effects Research: The Example of Teenage Parenthood in England
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400719750 , 1283456486 , 9781283456487
    Language: French
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 421p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 204
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Dufourcq, Annabelle, - 1976- Merleau-Ponty
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ontology ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ontology ; Phenomenology ; Merleau-Ponty, Maurice, 1908-1961 ; Imagination (Philosophy) ; Merleau-Ponty, Maurice 1908-1961 ; Das Imaginäre ; Imagination ; Wahrnehmung ; Authentizität ; Ontologie ; Phänomenologie ; Merleau-Ponty, Maurice 1908-1961 ; Das Imaginäre ; Imagination ; Wahrnehmung ; Authentizität ; Ontologie ; Phänomenologie
    Abstract: Cette étude a pour objet la conception merleau-pontyenne de limaginaire et la manière dont elle conduit à repenser radicalement le réel dans sa totalité et, finalement, à imposer une ontologie dont limaginaire est le principe même, « linstitution de lEtre ».
    Abstract: Cette etude a pour objet la conception merleau-pontyenne de l'imaginaire et la maniere dont elle conduit a repenser radicalement le reel dans sa totalite et, finalement, a imposer une ontologie dont l'imaginaire est le principe meme, A" l'institution de l'Etre A&quot
    Description / Table of Contents: 7: La conscience est néant8: Image, imagination et imaginaire chez Sartre; 9: L'existence et le monde : une écumede néant à la surface de l'Etre; 10: La comédie de l'existence; 11: Remarque : le dépassement du dualismeentre Etre et Néant ébauché dansla philosophie sartrienne; Section III: La définition merleau-pontyennede l'imaginaire en tant que registre particulier aux côtés du réel; 12: Introduction: thématisation de l'imaginaireet défi nition d'une réalité élargie
    Description / Table of Contents: 19: Institutions et reprises créatrices dansune existence "authentique" - profondeet poétique20: Authenticité, imaginaire et réalité; Section V: L'imaginaire est la vraie Stiftung de l'Etre; 21: L'imaginaire comme introduction à l'ontologiepuis comme modèle ontologique fondamental; 22: Une Urstiftung insaisissable : l'Etre commedéhiscence; 23: La profondeur aime les masques : l'Etre commejeu d'images; 24: Conclusion; Bibliographie; Index Nominum; Index Rerum;
    Description / Table of Contents: Merleau-Ponty: une ontologie de l'imaginaire; Remerciements; Table Des Matieres; 1: Introduction; Section I: L'héritage husserlien et les premiersmotifs de la réflexion de Merleau-Ponty :crise de la rationalité, monde oniriqueet risque de folie; 2: Introduction: crise et imaginaire; 3: La crise moderne; 4: La plus grande trouvaille de Husserl selonMerleau-Ponty : le fl ux héraclitéen , entreraison et déraison; 5: Le problème de l'authenticité chezMerleau-Ponty : l'homme et le mondedissous par l'imaginaire ?; Section II: Imagination, néant et inauthenticité chez Sartre; 6: Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 13: Les reprises de la défi nition sartriennede l'imaginaire par Merleau-Ponty,indissociables d'une critique de l'oppositionentre Etre et Néant14: Critique par Merleau-Ponty de la conceptionsartrienne de l'imaginaire; 15: La présence véritable et même décupléedu réel dans l'imaginaire; 16: Proximité entre la redéfi nitionmerleau-pontyenne de l'imaginaireet la réfl exion de Bachelard; Section IV: La conquête de l'authenticité; 17: Introduction: "authenticité" et profondeurpoétique; 18: L'amour imaginaire : un échec nécessaireet fécond. Défi nition générale de l'imaginairecomme institution
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400727304 , 1283456648 , 9781283456647
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 246p. 3 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Cummings, William K., 1943 - Scholars in the changing American academy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Education ; Study and teaching ; United States ; Education, Higher ; United States ; USA ; Erziehung
    Abstract: Martin J. Finkelstein
    Abstract: As the nature of education generally, and higher education in particular, changes irrevocably, it is crucial to understand the informed opinions of those closest to the institutions of learning. This book, based on a survey of academics in 19 nations and conducted by leading global scholars, is a thorough sounding of the attitudes of academics to their working environment. As the post-WWII liberal consensus crumbles, higher education is increasingly viewed as a private and personal investment in individual social mobility rather than as a public good and, ipso facto, a responsibility of public
    Description / Table of Contents: Scholars in the Changing American Academy; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; List of Tables; Chapter 1: The Changing Academic Profession in the USA; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Changing Context for Academic Work; 1.3 Impact on the Academic Profession; 1.4 Two Types of Academies; 1.5 The Concept of the Academic Profession; 1.6 The Development and Stratification of Three Global Models of the University; 1.7 Twentieth-Century Massification of Higher Education in the USA; 1.8 The Transformation of Management and Governance; 1.9 Inquiry on the American and Global Academic Profession(s)
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.10 The 2007 Changing Academic Profession Study1.11 Core Themes of the CAP Project; 1.11.1 Relevance; 1.11.2 Internationalization; 1.11.3 Managerialism; 1.12 The Purpose and Organization of This Volume; References; Chapter 2: Concepts and Methods; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Conceptual Framework: A General Systems Model; 2.3 Research Questions Addressed; 2.4 Participating Countries; 2.5 Sample Design of the National Surveys; 2.5.1 Analytic Goals; 2.5.2 Design Options; 2.5.3 Structure of Higher Education; 2.5.4 Selection of the US Sample; 2.6 Development of the Survey Instrument
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.7 Data Collection2.7.1 Response Rate; 2.8 Data Coding and Analysis; 2.8.1 Coding; 2.8.2 Data Analysis; 2.8.3 Missing Data; 2.9 Summary; References; Chapter 3: The Balance Between Teaching and Research in the Work Life of American Academics; 3.1 Introduction: The Arbiters of Faculty Work Life; 3.2 Purpose of the Proposed Study; 3.3 Data Source and Method; 3.3.1 Dependent Variables; 3.3.2 Independent Variables; 3.3.3 Data Analysis; 3.4 Prologue to Results: Trends in Academic Work, 1970-1992; 3.5 Findings; 3.5.1 Descriptive Results; 3.5.1.1 Institutional Type; 3.5.1.2 Academic Discipline
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5.1.3 Gender3.5.1.4 Type of Appointment; 3.5.2 Inferential Results; 3.6 Discussion and Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: Comparing the Research Productivity of US Academics; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The USA as Number One?; 4.3 The Data and Its Limitations; 4.4 The Recent Pattern; 4.5 Accounting for Individual Productivity; 4.5.1 Model; 4.5.1.1 Dependent Variable; 4.5.1.2 Independent Variables and Data; 4.5.1.3 Summary Statistics; 4.5.2 Comparing the Regression Coefficients; 4.6 Looking Backward; 4.7 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: The "Glass Ceiling" Effect: Does It Characterize the Contemporary US Academy?5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Equity or Discrimination: The Analytical Question; 5.3 The Determinants of Advancement in Academia; 5.4 The Dependent Variable: Rank; 5.5 Independent Variables; 5.5.1 Sociodemographic; 5.5.1.1 Gender; 5.5.1.2 Minority Status; 5.5.1.3 Foreign Born; 5.5.2 Other Personal Factors; 5.5.2.1 Family Status; 5.5.2.2 Cultural Capital; 5.5.2.3 Educational Background or Training; Foreign Trained; 5.5.2.4 Age; 5.5.3 Organizational Variables; 5.5.3.1 Research University; 5.5.3.2 Appointment Type
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.5.4 Professional and Disciplinary Variables
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400720220
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 488p. 52 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Archimedes, New Studies in the History and Philosophy of Science and Technology 28
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. McCormmach, Russell, 1933 - Weighing the world
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science History ; Philosophy (General) ; Science, general ; Science History ; Philosophy (General) ; Michell, John, 1724?-1793 ; Michell, John, 1724?-1793 ; Correspondence ; Physicists ; Great Britain ; Biography ; Clergy ; Great Britain ; Biography ; Briefsammlung ; Biografie ; Michell, John 1724-1793 ; Michell, John 1724-1793
    Abstract: Russell McCormmach
    Abstract: The book about John Michell (1724-93) has two parts. The first and longest part is biographical, an account of Michell's home setting (Nottinghamshire in England), the clerical world in which he grew up (Church of England), the university (Cambridge) where he studied and taught, and the scientific activities he made the center of his life. The second part is a complete edition of his known letters. Half of his letters have not been previously published; the other half are brought together in one place for the first time. The letters touch on all aspects of his career, and because they are in h
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; Part I Michell's Life and Work; 1 Home; 1.1 Historical Setting; 1.2 A Family in Nottinghamshire; 1.3 Pastoral Life in Early Georgian England; 1.4 Education at Home; 2 Cambridge; 2.1 Cambridge University; 2.2 Queens' College; 2.3 Students; 2.4 Graduates; 2.5 Post-Graduates; 2.6 Fellowships; 2.7 Income; 2.8 Science; 2.9 Religion; 2.10 St. Botolph Church; 3 Early Researches; 3.1 Natural Philosopher; 3.2 Mechanics; 3.3 Electricity; 3.4 Magnetic Background; 3.5 Book on Magnetism; 3.5.1 Properties of Magnets
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5.2 Theory of Magnetism3.5.3 Controversy Over Magnetism; 3.6 Turn to Geology; 3.7 Geological Background; 3.7.1 Theories of the Earth Before Michell; 3.7.2 Strata; 3.7.3 Earthquakes; 3.7.4 Causes of Earthquakes; 3.8 Paper on Earthquakes; 3.8.1 General Comments on the Earthquake Paper; 3.9 Late Reactions to the Paper; 3.9.1 Evaluation of Michell's Explanation of Earthquakes; 3.9.2 Significance of Michell's Work on Strata; 3.10 Table of Strata; 3.11 Royal Society; 3.12 Scientific Clubs; 4 Transitions; 4.1 Professor of Geology; 4.2 Leaving Cambridge; 4.3 Clerics and Science
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4 Marriage, Compton Parish4.5 Board of Longitude, Family Sorrow; 4.6 Longitude and Navigation; 4.7 Havant Parish; 4.8 Astronomical Background; 4.9 Paper on the Stars; 4.9.1 Photometry of the Stars; 4.10 Background of Statistics and Probability; 4.10.1 Probability Theory; 4.10.2 Probability in the Physical Sciences; 4.11 Paper on the Stars, Continued; 4.11.1 Probability of Star Clusters; 4.11.2 Instruments; 4.12 The Milky Way; 4.13 Response to the Paper; 5 Thornhill; 5.1 Savile; 5.2 Politics; 5.3 Parish and Village; 5.4 Church; 5.5 Buildings and Land
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.6 Remarriage, Gilbert Michell, and Botany at Thornhill5.7 Scientific Connections; 5.8 London Journey; 5.9 Theory of Matter and Force; 5.10 Optics; 5.11 Music; 6 Late Researches; 6.1 Cavendish and Michell; 6.2 Herschel and Double Stars; 6.3 Gravity of Light; 6.4 Paper on the Stars; 6.4.1 Theory and Method; 6.4.2 Experiment for Determining the Velocity of Light; 6.5 Reception of the Paper; 6.5.1 Experimental Tests; 6.5.2 Algol; 6.5.3 Relativity and Aberration of Light; 6.6 General Comments on the Paper; 6.7 Black Holes, Dark Bodies; 6.8 Indistinct Vision; 6.9 The Great Telescope
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.9.1 Reflecting Telescopes6.9.2 Michell's Project; 6.9.3 Herschel's Telescopes; 6.9.4 Expenses and Other Problems; 6.9.5 Progress Reports; 6.9.6 Big Telescopes Now; 6.9.7 Herschel and Michell; 6.10 Geology and Mineralogy; 6.10.1 Cavendish, Blagden, and Michell; 6.10.2 Toadstone; 6.10.3 Siliceous Earth, Flints; 6.10.4 Our Explanation of Flint; 6.10.5 Geology and Christianity; 6.10.6 Michell, Geologist; 6.11 Weighing the World; 6.11.1 The Michell-Cavendish Experiment; 6.11.2 Theory of the Experiment; 6.11.3 Michell and Cavendish's Collaboration; 6.11.4 Significance of the Experiment
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.12 Last Years
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400709072
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 246p. 19 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Trends in Logic 36
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Šramko, Jaroslav Vladyslavovyč, 1963 - Truth and falsehood
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy ; Computer science ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Logic ; Mathematical logic. ; Mathematische Logik ; Philosophie ; Intuitionistische Logik
    Abstract: The book presents a thoroughly elaborated logical theory of generalized truth values understood as subsets of some established set of (basic) truth entities. After elucidating the importance of the very notion of a truth value in logic and philosophy, the authors examine some possible ways of generalizing this notion. The useful four-valued logic of first-degree entailment by Nuel Belnap and Michael Dunn and the notion of a bilattice (a lattice of truth values with two ordering relations) constitute the basis for further generalizations. By doing so the authors elaborate the idea of a multilattice and, most notably, a trilattice of truth values - a specific algebraic structure with an information ordering and two distinct logical orderings, one for truth and another for falsity. Each logical order not only induces its own logical vocabulary, but also determines its own entailment relation. Both semantic ans syntactic ways of formalizing these relations by constructing various logical calculi are considered
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3…The Slingshot Argument and Non-Fregean Logic2.4…Non-Fregean Logic and Definite Descriptions non-Fregean logic; 2.5…Non-Fregean Logic and lambda -Expressions; 2.6…Non-Fregean Logic and Indefinite Descriptions; 2.7…Concluding Remarks; 3 Generalized Truth Values: From FOUR2 to SIXTEEN3; Abstract; 3.1…Truth Values as Structured Entities; 3.2…Generalized Valuations, Four-Valued Logic and Bilattices; 3.3…Taking Generalization Seriously: From Isolated Computers to Computer Networks; 3.4…Generalized Truth Values and Multilattices; 3.5…The Trilattice of 16 Truth Values
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.6…Another Example of a Trilattice: Truth Values in Constructive Logics4 Generalized Truth Values: SIXTEEN3 and Beyond; Abstract; 4.1…Entailment Relations on SIXTEEN3; 4.2…First-Degree Systems for SIXTEEN3; 4.2.1 The Languages {\fancyscriptbold{L}t,\; \fancyscriptbold{L}f and Systems {{\bf FDE}}_{\bi{t}}^{\bi{t}}, {{\bf FDE}}_{\bi{f}}^{\bi{f}}; 4.2.2 The Language {\fancyscriptbold{L}}_{\varvec{tf}} for let and lef; 4.3…First-Degree Everywhere; 4.4…Hyper-Contradictions and Generalizations of Priest's Logic; 4.5…An Approach to a Generalization of Kleene's Logic: A Tetralattice
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.6…Uncertainty Versus Lack of Information5 Axiom Systems for Trilattice Logics; Abstract; 5.1…Truth Value Lattices and the Implication Connective; 5.2…From First-Degree Proof Systems to Proof Systems with Modus Ponens; 5.3…Odintsov's Axiomatization of Truth Entailment and Falsity Entailment in SIXTEEN3; 5.3.1 First-Degree Calculi; 5.3.2 Systems with Modus Ponens as the Sole Rule of Inference; 5.4…Discussion; 6 Sequent Systems for Trilattice Logics; Abstract; 6.1…Standard Sequent Systems for Logics Related to SIXTEEN3; 6.2…Alternative Sequent Calculi; 6.3…Extensions
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.5…Harmony ad Infinitum
    Description / Table of Contents: Truth and Falsehood; Preface; Contents; 1 Truth Values; Abstract; 1.1…The Idea of Truth Values; 1.2…Truth Values and the Functional Analysis of Language; 1.3…The Categorial Status of Truth and Falsehood; 1.4…The Ontological Background of Truth Values; 1.5…Logic as the Science of Logical Values; 1.6…Logical Structures; 1.7…Truth Values, Truth Degrees, and Vague Concepts; 2 Truth Values and the Slingshot Argument; Abstract; 2.1…An Argument in Favor of Truth Values; 2.2…Reconstructing the Slingshot Arguments; 2.2.1 Church's Slingshot; 2.2.2 Gödel's Slingshot; 2.2.3 Davidson's Slingshot
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.4…Sequent Calculi for Truth Entailment and Falsity Entailment in SIXTEEN37 Intuitionistic Trilattice Logics; Abstract; 7.1…Introduction; 7.2…Sequent Calculus I16; 7.3…Kripke Completeness for I16; 7.4…Tableau Calculus IT16; 7.5…Kripke Completeness for IT16; 8 Generalized Truth Values and Many-Valued Logics: Harmonious Many-Valued Logics; Abstract; 8.1…Many-Valued Propositional Logics Generalized; 8.2…Designateddesignated truth valueantidesignated truth value and Antidesignated Values; 8.3…Some Separated Finitely-Valued Logics; 8.4…A Harmonious Logic Inspired by the Logic of SIXTEEN3
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400725522 , 1283456443 , 9781283456449
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 315p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Explorations of Educational Purpose 21
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Developmental psychology ; Education ; Education ; Developmental psychology ; Bildungswesen ; Geschlechtsunterschied ; Diskriminierung
    Abstract: Queer Masculinities: A Critical Reader in Education is a substantial addition to the discussion of queer masculinities, of the interplay between queer masculinities and education, and to the political gender discourse as a whole. Enriching the discourse of masculinity politics, the cross-section of scholarly interrogations of the complexities and contradictions of queer masculinities in education demonstrates that any serious study of masculinity-hegemonic or otherwise-must consider the theoretical and political contributions that the concept of queer masculinity makes to a more comprehensive
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Queer masculinities at the K-12 level -- pt. 2. Queer masculinities at the collegiate level -- pt. 3. Queer masculinities and cultural pedagogies.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400723245
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 345p. 60 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements
    Abstract: Rapid-and seemingly accelerating-changes in the economies of developed nations are having a proportional effect on the skill sets required of workers in many new jobs. Work environments are often technology-heavy, while problems are frequently ill-defined and tackled by multidisciplinary teams. This book contains insights based on research conducted as part of a major international project supported by Cisco, Intel and Microsoft. It faces these new working environments head-on, delineating new ways of thinking about '21st-century' skills and including operational definitions of those skills. T
    Abstract: Rapid-and seemingly accelerating-changes in the economies of developed nations are having a proportional effect on the skill sets required of workers in many new jobs. Work environments are often technology-heavy, while problems are frequently ill-defined and tackled by multidisciplinary teams. This book contains insights based on research conducted as part of a major international project supported by Cisco, Intel and Microsoft. It faces these new working environments head-on, delineating new ways of thinking about '21st-century' skills and including operational definitions of those skills. T
    Description / Table of Contents: Assessment and Teaching of 21st Century Skills; Foreword; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; Chapter 1: The Changing Role of Education and Schools; The ATC21S Project; The White Papers; Assessment Development; The Skills Assessed; Implications for Pedagogy; Implications for Assessment; Policy Implications of Assessment; ATC21S Project Process; Issues; References; Chapter 2: Defining Twenty-First Century Skills; The Role of Standards and Assessment in Promoting Learning; The Importance of Standards That Promote Learning; Assessment Systems That Promote Learning
    Description / Table of Contents: The Nature of Quality Assessment SystemsLearning-Based Assessment Systems; Improving the Quality of Assessment Systems; Principles for Twenty-First Century Standards and Assessments; Using Technology to Transform Assessment and Learning; Assessment Priorities Enabled by Information and Communication Technology; The Migratory Strategy with ICT; The Transformational Strategy with ICT; Arriving at a Model Twenty-First Century Skills Framework and Assessment; Existing Twenty-First Century Skills Frameworks; The KSAVE Model; Ways of Thinking; Creativity and Innovation; eSCAPE
    Description / Table of Contents: Critical Thinking, Problem Solving and Decision MakingPrimum; World Class Tests; The VPA Project; Learning to Learn and Metacognition; eVIVA; Cascade; Ways of Working; Communication; Collaboration and Teamwork; Tools for Working; Information Literacy; ICT Literacy; Living in the World; Citizenship, Global and Local; Life and Career; Personal and Social Responsibility; Challenges; Using Models of Skill Development Based on Cognitive Research; Transforming Psychometrics to Deal with New Kinds of Assessments; Making Students' Thinking Visible; Interpreting Assisted Performance
    Description / Table of Contents: Assessing Twenty-First Century Skills in Traditional SubjectsAccounting for New Modes of Communication; Including Collaboration and Teamwork; Including Local and Global Citizenship; Ensuring Validity and Accessibility; Considering Cost and Feasibility; References; Chapter 3: Perspectives on Methodological Issues; Inferences, Evidence, and Validity; Assessment Design Approaches; Defining the Constructs; Structuring a Developmental Definition; Learning Targets; Learning Target: An Example from Microsoft Learning; Progress Variables; Levels of Achievement; Learning Performances
    Description / Table of Contents: Assessment of ProgressionsDefining the Constructs-Example: The Using Evidence Framework; Starting Point for a Developmental Progression; Designing Tasks; Participant Observation; Topic Guide; Open-Ended; Standardized Fixed-Response; New Tasks for Twenty-First Century Skills; Combining Summative and Formative; Wisdom of the Crowd; Task Analysis; Embedded Items; Valuing the Responses; Research-Based Categories; Context-Specific Categories; Finite and Exhaustive Categories; Ordered Categories; Valuing the Responses-Example: The Using Evidence Framework
    Description / Table of Contents: Delivering the Tasks and Gathering the Responses
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400714182
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 216p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Explorations of Educational Purpose 17
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Education ; Education
    Abstract: Political progressives in Canada and the United States are deeply concerned by the manner in which their countries treat their poor. They are dismayed at the dismantling of the social welfare state, the weakening of public education systems and the grotesque and ever-growing inequality of wealth. To remedy this problem, citizens need to be more aware of how political ideology influences attitudes and actions, and they need to better comprehend the effects of hegemonic discourses in the corporate media and school curriculum. This book informs educators how to develop context-specific pedagogy t
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Mostly theory : ideology, discourse, hegemony, and the curriculum -- pt. 2. Less theory, more applications and practice : deconstructing racial and class discourses for a stronger democracy.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400714571
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 388 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Law and Philosophy Library 94
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Law, order and freedom
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Political science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Political science Philosophy ; Law ; Philosophy ; History ; Law ; Moral and ethical aspects ; Liberty ; Rechtsphilosophie ; Geschichte
    Abstract: The central question in legal philosophy is the relationship between law and morality. The legal systems of many countries around the world have been influenced by the principles of the Enlightenment: freedom, equality and fraternity. The position is similar in relation to the accompanying state ideal of the democratic constitutional state as well as the notion of a welfare state. The foundation of these principles lies in the ideal of individual autonomy. The law must in this view guarantee a social order which secures the equal freedom of all. This freedom is moreover fundamental because in
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; 1 Legal Philosophy: The Most Important Controversies; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Legal Philosophy; 1.2.1 What is Law?; 1.2.1.1 Introduction; 1.2.1.2 Law, Order and Morality; 1.2.1.3 Natural Law and Legal Positivism; 1.2.2 The Natural-Law Doctrine; 1.2.2.1 Classical Natural Law; 1.2.2.2 Naturalistic Natural Law: The Biological Model; 1.2.2.3 Natural Law According to the Communication Model; 1.2.3 Descriptive Legal Positivism and Its Critics; 1.2.3.1 Austin: Law as Commands of the Government; 1.2.3.2 Hart: Primary and Secondary Rules
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.2.3.3 Dworkin's Criticism: Rules and Principles1.2.3.4 Critical Legal Studies; 1.3 Law Between Power and Morality; 1.4 Conceptual Framework and Brief Overview of the Subsequent Chapters; 2 Antiquity and the Middle Ages; 2.1 Introduction to Greek Philosophy; 2.2 Pre-Socratics; 2.3 The Sophists; 2.3.1 Scepticism and Relativism; 2.3.2 Law as Convention; 2.4 Plato; 2.4.1 Introduction; 2.4.2 State Doctrine; 2.4.3 Rationalistic Theory of Knowledge and Ontology; 2.4.4 Moral Perfectionism; 2.4.4.1 Perfectionist Individual Ethics; 2.4.4.2 Perfectionist Political Theory; 2.4.5 Commentary
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 Aristotle2.5.1 Ontology; 2.5.2 Ethics; 2.5.3 Political Philosophy and Legal Philosophy; 2.5.4 Commentary; 2.6 The Stoics; 2.7 The Middle Ages; 2.7.1 Introduction; 2.7.2 Thomas Aquinas; 2.7.3 End of the Middle Ages; 2.7.3.1 William of Ockham; 2.7.3.2 Marsilius of Padua; 2.8 Conclusion; 3 The Commencement of the Modern Age; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 From God's Sovereignty to the People's Sovereignty: Calvinism; 3.3 Realism and Relativism: The Renaissance; 3.4 The Break with Tradition: The Scientific Revolution; 3.5 Modern Natural Law: Hugo Grotius; 4 Hobbes, Locke, and Spinoza; 4.1 Hobbes
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1.1 Life4.1.2 Man and World; 4.1.3 The State of Nature; 4.1.4 Social Morality; 4.1.5 The State; 4.1.6 The Social Contract; 4.1.7 Law and Morality; 4.1.8 Commentary; 4.2 Locke; 4.2.1 Life; 4.2.2 Law in the State of Nature; 4.2.3 The Formation of the Political Community; 4.2.4 Limits of Power; 4.2.5 Grounds and Limits of Reliable Knowledge; 4.3 Spinoza; 4.3.1 Life; 4.3.2 Pluralism and Tolerance; 4.3.3 Commentary; 4.4 Conclusion: Hobbes and Locke; 5 Eighteenth-Century French Enlightenment; 5.1 Enlightenment, Freedom, Equality and Fraternity; 5.1.1 Enlightenment Through Science
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1.2 Legal Philosophy of the Enlightenment5.2 The Liberal Enlightenment: Montesquieus Separation of Powers; 5.2.1 Montesquieu; 5.2.2 The Spirit of Laws; 5.2.3 Separation of Powers; 5.2.4 Montesquieu as Moderate Liberal; 5.2.5 Commentary; 5.3 Enlightenment of Criminal Law; 5.3.1 Monopoly of Power and Criminal Law; 5.3.2 Cesare Beccaria; 5.3.3 Criminal Law According to Beccaria; 5.3.4 Instrumental Criminal Law and Individual Justice; 5.3.5 Separation of Powers and Codification; 5.4 Natural Law, Enlightened Science and Cruel Arbitrariness; 5.5 Rousseau: Nostalgia for Natural Security
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.5.1 Rousseau's Life and Work
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400717275
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 303p. 33 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Educational Leadership 15
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Schulleistungsmessung
    Abstract: Taking Stock of Here and Now /Judy L. Lupart, Charles F. Webber --School Leadership, Evidence-Based Decision Making, and Large-Scale Student Assessment /Kenneth Leithwood --Lessons Learned: The Promise and Possibility of Educational Accountability in the United States /Charles L. Slater, Marla W. McGhee, Sarah W. Nelson --Student Assessment Policy and Practice in Alberta: An Assessment for Learning /Jim Brandon, Marsi Quarin-Wright --Fair and Ethical Student Assessment Practices /Jean L. Pettifor, Donald H. Saklofske --How Can Psychological Assessment Inform Classroom Practice? The Role of the School Psychologist in Canadian Schools /Joan Jeary, Vicki L. Schwean --Current Issues in Assessing Students with Special Needs /John Venn --Student and School Characteristics Related to Student Achievement: A Methodological Approach /John O. Anderson --Student Voice in Fair Assessment Practice /Nola Aitken --Grade Level of Achievement Data: Key Indicators for School-Based Decision-Makers /John Burger, Anna Nadirova --Teacher Feedback in Formative Classroom Assessment /Susan M. Brookhart --Using a Measurement Paradigm to Guide Classroom Assessment Processes /Sandy Heldsinger --Putting the Focus on Learning: Shifting Classroom Assessment Practices /Sherry Bennett, Dale Armstrong --The Ecology of Student Assessment /Charles F. Webber, Judy L. Lupart, Shelleyann Scott
    Abstract: This book presents a new and refreshing look at student assessment from the perspective of leading educational theorists, researchers, and practitioners. The authors call for boundary-breaking assessment that reflects clear understandings of the purposes of assessment, a balance of assessment creativity and realism, the ability to detect solutions for assessment challenges, and the capacity to question and imagine assessment alternatives. The 14 chapters offer school and district educators, policy makers, researchers, and university teacher preparation faculty with a comprehensive, current ove
    Description / Table of Contents: Leading Student Assessment; Contents; About the Editors; About the Contributors; Chapter 1: Taking Stock of Here and Now; Introduction; Leading Student Assessment from Here; Leadership; Fairness and Equity in Assessment; Factors Influencing Student Achievement; Assessment in the Classroom; Challenges Here and Now; Establishing Coherence; Knowing Enough; Recognizing Mistakes; Achieving Transparency and Authenticity; Addressing Diversity; Insights That Really Matter: The Old Chestnuts; Large-Scale Assessments Have Value; One Size Does Not Fit All; Understanding Takes Time; Research Matters
    Description / Table of Contents: Proactive Trumps ReactiveFrom Here to Boundary Breaking; References; Chapter 2: School Leadership, Evidence-Based Decision Making, and Large-Scale Student Assessment; Challenge One: Compensating for the Critical Limitations of Large-Scale Assessment Data in Determining the Current Status of Student Learning; Narrow Focus; Lack of Reliability at the Local Level; Delays in Reporting Results; Challenge Two : Estimating Progress and Sustaining Continuous Improvement; Challenge Three: Responding to the Absence of Robust Information About the Causes of Students' Current Performances
    Description / Table of Contents: Challenge Four : Improving the Organizational Conditions That Support Productive School ImprovementDirect and Indirect Approaches to Improvement; The Indirect Approach Illustrated; Academic Press; Teacher Trust in Colleagues, Parents, and Students; Collective Teacher Efficacy; Challenge Five: Overcoming Common Errors in Human Judgment; Overweighting Vividness in Interpreting the Problem; Generalizing from a Small or Biased Sample; Failure to See That a Situation Is Unique or Different from Others in the Past; Failure to Modify a Single Approach or Strategy in Light of Situational Features
    Description / Table of Contents: Making Use of Theories or Schemas That Do Not Accurately Represent RealityConclusion; References; Chapter 3: Lessons Learned: The Promise and Possibility of Educational Accountability in the United States; Positive Outcomes of Accountability Systems; Unintended Consequences of Educational Accountability; Curriculum Narrowing; The Redirection of Instructional Time; Pushing Students Out; Accountability Reconsidered; Misplaced Accountability; Accountable to Whom?; Accountable for What?; Recommendations; Real-World Standards for a Broad Curriculum; Keeping Students In
    Description / Table of Contents: From Punishment to AssistanceDevelopment of a Learning and Assessment Culture; An Accountability Model; Democratic Participation; Conclusion: The Need for Dialogue; References; Chapter 4: Student Assessment Policy and Practice in Alberta: An Assessment for Learning; Introduction; Conceptual Framework; Assessment Standards; Standard One: Quality Teaching as Situated, Collective Expertise-in-Action; Standard Two: Formative Assessment as Generative and Informative Teaching
    Description / Table of Contents: Standard Three: Summative Assessment, Grading, and Reporting as Consistent, Accurate, and Outcome - Referenced Descriptions of Learning
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400719231
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 346p. 59 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 23
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic ; Information theory ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic ; Information theory
    Abstract: The relation between logic and knowledge has been at the heart of a lively debate since the 1960s. On the one hand, the epistemic approaches based their formal arguments in the mathematics of Brouwer and intuitionistic logic. Following Michael Dummett, they started to call themselves 'antirealists'. Others persisted with the formal background of the Frege-Tarski tradition, where Cantorian set theory is linked via model theory to classical logic. Jaakko Hintikka tried to unify both traditions by means of what is now known as 'explicit epistemic logic'. Under this view, epistemic contents are in
    Abstract: The relation between logic and knowledge has been at the heart of a lively debate since the 1960s. On the one hand, the epistemic approaches based their formal arguments in the mathematics of Brouwer and intuitionistic logic. Following Michael Dummett, they started to call themselves 'antirealists'. Others persisted with the formal background of the Frege-Tarski tradition, where Cantorian set theory is linked via model theory to classical logic. Jaakko Hintikka tried to unify both traditions by means of what is now known as 'explicit epistemic logic'. Under this view, epistemic contents are in
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; 1 On When a Disjunction Is Informative; Patrick Allo; 1.1 Pluralism About Consequence and Content; 1.2 Situated and Worldly Content; 1.3 Factual and Constraining Content; 1.4 Modelling Content; 1.5 Three Objections Revisited; 1.5.1 Burgess' Objection; 1.5.2 Read's Objection; 1.5.3 Priest's Objection; 1.6 Conclusion: A Realist's Pluralism; References; 2 My Own Truth; Alexandre Billon; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Truth-Teller Is Context-Sensitive; 2.3 The Truth-Teller Is Relative; 2.4 Other Pathologies of Self-Reference
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4.1 The Liar2.4.2 Other Semantic Pathologies; 2.4.3 Immunity to Revenge Problems; 2.5 Dissolutions, Cassations and Resolutions; References; 3 Which Logic for the Radical Anti-realist?; Denis Bonnay and Mikaël Cozic; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 From Anti-realism to Substructural Logic; 3.2.1 Moderate Anti-realism; 3.2.2 Radical Anti-realism; 3.3 Life Without Structural Rules; 3.4 The Anti-realist Justification of Substructural Logic; 3.4.1 High-Level Revisionism; 3.4.2 Low-Level Revisionism; 3.5 A Way Out for Radical Anti-realism?; 3.6 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Moore's Paradox as an Argument Against Anti-realismJon Cogburn; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Moorean Validity and Proof Theoretic Semantics; 4.3 On the Inadvisability of Biting the Bullett; 4.3.1 Antirealists Should Reject Unrestricted Moorean Validity; 4.4 A New Restriction Strategy; 4.4.1 Proof That i's Conclusion Is Inconsistent with Unrestricted Moorean Validity; 4.4.2 The Classicist Also Needs the Proposed Restriction; 4.5 Is Antirealism a Moorean Validity? Reflections on Fitch's Proof and Dummett's Program; 4.5.1 Fitch Style Proof of Fitch's Paradox
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.6 Further Reflections on Fitch's Proof4.6.1 A Regimentation of Brogaard and Salerno's Argument Against Tennant; 4.6.2 The Same Argument Without Tennant's Principle; 4.7 Berkeley and Davidson's Use of Moorean Validities; References; 5 The Neutrality of Truth in the Debate Realism vs. Anti-realism; María J. Frápolli; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Truth; 5.3 Realism and Antirealism; 5.4 The Prosentential View; 5.4.1 The Semantic Functions of the Truth Predicate; 5.5 The Syntactic Function of the Truth Predicate; 5.6 The Pragmatic Function of the Truth Predicate
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.7 Epistemology and MetaphysicsReferences; 6 Modalities Without Worlds; Reinhard Kahle; 6.1 Modal Logic; 6.2 Possible Worlds Semantics; 6.3 The Role of Semantics; 6.4 Criticism of Modal Logic; 6.5 An Alternative Analysis of Modalities: Possibility; 6.5.1 Possibility as Independence; 6.5.2 Epistemic Possibility; 6.5.3 The Future; 6.5.4 Ontological Modesty; 6.5.5 A Cross Check; 6.6 An Alternative Analysis of Modalities: Necessity; 6.6.1 Necessity as Binary Relation; 6.6.2 Variety of Alternatives; 6.6.3 Unary Necessity; 6.6.4 The Normative Nature of Unary Necessity
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.7 The Temporal Aspect
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400720664 , 128345615X , 9781283456159
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 160p, digital)
    Series Statement: Contemporary Philosophies and Theories in Education 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Genetic epistemology ; Education ; Education ; Genetic epistemology ; Education Philosophy ; Erziehungsphilosophie
    Abstract: In the recent educational research literature, it has been asserted that ethnic or cultural groups have their own distinctive epistemologies, and that these have been given short shrift by the dominant social group. Educational research, then, is pursued within a framework that embodies assumptions about knowledge and knowledge production that reflect the interests and historical traditions of this dominant group. In such arguments, however, some relevant philosophical issues remain unresolved, such as what claims about culturally distinctive epistemologies mean, precisely, and how they relate
    Abstract: In the recent educational research literature, it has been asserted that ethnic or cultural groups have their own distinctive epistemologies, and that these have been given short shrift by the dominant social group. Educational research, then, is pursued within a framework that embodies assumptions about knowledge and knowledge production that reflect the interests and historical traditions of this dominant group. In such arguments, however, some relevant philosophical issues remain unresolved, such as what claims about culturally distinctive epistemologies mean, precisely, and how they relate
    Description / Table of Contents: Education, Cultureand Epistemological Diversity; Foreword; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; Ethno-Philosophy and Professional Philosophy; Paradigms - Incommensurable or Translatable?; The Authority of "Epistemology"; References; Chapter 2: A Critical Review of Representative Sources on Multicultural Epistemology; Epistemologists and Educational Researchers in Word and Deed: A Commentary; Conceptions of Representation; Conceptions of Respect; References; Chapter 3: Charting the Reefs: A Map of Multicultural Epistemology; Introduction; Three Preliminary Examples
    Description / Table of Contents: Questions About Knowledge: A Preliminary Mapping(A) Epistemology as a Normative Field of Inquiry; (B) An Epistemology as a Normative Theory of Knowledge; The Special Case of "Standpoint Epistemologies"; (C) An Epistemology as a Descriptive Account of How People Acquire Beliefs; An Example: An Argument from Scheurich and Young; Sociology of Knowledge: The Descriptive Orientation Reigns Supreme; The Idea of "Ways of Knowing"; (D) An Epistemology as a Description of a Set of Beliefs; Using the Map: An Example; Cultures and Knowledge: A Closer Look; Conclusion: A Suggestion About Safe Navigation
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 4: Epistemological Diversity and Education Research: Much Ado About Nothing Much?*; What Is "Epistemological Diversity"?; Beliefs and Belief Systems; Research Methodologies and Methods of Inquiry; Research Questions; Researchers and Their Cultures; Epistemologies and Epistemological Perspectives; Epistemology and Diversity: The Heart of the Matter; Is It Epistemologically Suspect to Criticize the Epistemology of a Particular Community of Practice/Approach to Research/Subordinated Group?
    Description / Table of Contents: Is It Morally Suspect to Criticize the Epistemology of a Particular Community of Practice/Approach to Research/Subordinated Group?Is It Inevitably an Abuse of Power to Criticize the Epistemology of a Particular Community of Practice/Approach to Research/Subordinated Group?; Is It Pragmatically Suspect to Criticize the Epistemology of a Particular Community of Practice/Approach to Research/Subordinated Group?; Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Taking Subjectivity into Account*; The Problem; Subjects and Objects; Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Epistemology as Trope: Uses and Effects of Claims About "Ways of Knowing"*Introduction; Essentialism and Essentializability; The Trouble with "Knowing"; When "Knowing" and "Knowing" Are Not the Same; The Discourse of "Ways of Knowing" and Its Effects; Epistemological Diversity - Diversity of What?; Tropological Uses; Conclusion; References; Chapter 7: Epistemological Diversity: A Roundtable; Epilogue 1; Epilogue 2; References; Chapter 8: Second Thoughts; Aesthetic Epistemology?; Plain Old Epistemology, But…; References; About the Authors; Index;
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400723733
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 234p. 19 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science 264
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Belkind, Ori Physical systems
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Motion ; Philosophy ; Mechanics ; Philosophy ; Special relativity (Physics) ; Philosophy ; Space and time ; Philosophy ; Matter ; Philosophy ; Physikalisches System ; Bewegung ; Philosophie ; Physik ; Materie ; Mechanik ; Spezielle Relativitätstheorie ; Philosophie ; Philosophie ; Physik ; Materie ; Mechanik ; Spezielle Relativitätstheorie ; Philosophie
    Abstract: Based on the concept of a physical system, this book offers a new philosophical interpretation of classical mechanics and the Special Theory of Relativity. According to Belkinds view the role of physical theory is to describe the motions of the parts of a physical system in relation to the motions of the whole. This approach provides a new perspective into the foundations of physical theory, where motions of parts and wholes of physical systems are taken to be fundamental, prior to spacetime, material properties and laws of motion. He defends this claim with a constructive project, deriving basic aspects of classical theories from the motions of parts and wholes. This exciting project will challenge readers to reevaluate how they understand the structure of the physical world in which we live.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; List of Figures; 1 Physical Systems and Physical Thought; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Quantum Mechanics and Particularism; 1.3 Structural Assumptions and Conservation Laws; 1.3.1 The Criterion of Isolation; 1.3.2 The Rule of Composition; 1.4 Structural Definitions; 1.5 Conclusion; 2 Interpretations of Spacetime and the Principle of Relativity; 2.1 The Restricted Principle of Relativity; 2.2 Conventionalism; 2.3 The Geometric Approach to Spacetime; 2.4 The Dynamic Approach to Spacetime; 2.5 Conclusion; 3 Primitive Motion Relationalism; 3.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 A Geometry of PUMs3.3 Galilean Spacetime; 3.3.1 Reconstructing Galilean Spacetime; 3.3.2 Galilean Transformations; 3.4 Flat Relativistic Spacetime; 3.4.1 Reconstructing Flat Relativistic Spacetime; 3.4.2 The Lorentz Transformations; 3.5 Primitive Motion Relationalism vs. Standard Interpretations of Spacetime; 3.6 Conclusion; 4 The Metaphysics of Time; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Flow of Time and Motion; 4.3 The Conflict Between Presentism and Relativity; 4.4 But Eternalism Is False Too; 4.5 Primitive Motion Relationalism and the Metaphysics of Time
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 The History of Newtonian Mass5.1 The Geometric Conception of Mass; 5.2 The Dynamic Conception of Mass; 5.3 Mach's Critique of Newtonian Mass; 6 Physical Systems and Mass; 6.1 Primitive Motion Relationalism and the Expanded Reference Frames; 6.2 The Stretching Parameter and Newtonian Mass; 6.2.1 The Quantity of Matter; 6.2.2 Inertial Mass; 6.3 Conclusion; 7 Structural Assumptions, Newton's Scientific Method, and the Universal Law of Gravitation; 7.1 Hypotheses and Scientific Propositions; 7.2 Structural Assumptions and Their Role in Inductive Reasoning
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.3 Newton's Argument for the Universal Law of Gravitation7.3.1 From the Area Law to the Centripetal Nature of the Force of Gravity; 7.3.2 The Harmonic Rule and the Inverse Squared Distance Nature of the Gravitational Force; 7.3.3 Deriving the Universal Nature of Law of Gravitation; 7.4 Newton's Scientific Method; 8 The Special Theory of Relativity; 8.1 The Expansion Factor and Mass in STR; 8.2 A New Interpretation of Mass in STR; 8.2.1 Kuhn's Thesis of Incommensurability; 8.2.2 Field's Indeterminacy of Reference; 8.2.3 Invariance as a Mark of Objectivity
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.2.4 Einstein's Mass and Energy as Two Manifestationsof Substance9 Conclusion; 9.1 Spacetime; 9.2 Mass; Bibliography; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400722637
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 314p. 5 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 11
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Civil law ; Civil Law ; Law ; Law ; Civil law
    Abstract: The volume describes and analyzes how the costs of litigation in civil procedure are distributed in key countries around the world. It compares the various approaches, draws general conclusions from that comparison, and presents global trends as well as common problems and solutions. In particular, the book deals with three principal questions: First, who pays for civil litigation costs, i.e., to what extent do losers have to make winners whole? Second, how much money is at stake, i.e., how expensive is civil litigation in the respective jurisdictions? And third, whose money is ultimately spen
    Abstract: The volume describes and analyzes how the costs of litigation in civil procedure are distributed in key countries around the world. It compares the various approaches, draws general conclusions from that comparison, and presents global trends as well as common problems and solutions. In particular, the book deals with three principal questions: First, who pays for civil litigation costs, i.e., to what extent do losers have to make winners whole? Second, how much money is at stake, i.e., how expensive is civil litigation in the respective jurisdictions? And third, whose money is ultimately spen
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Contributors; Part I General Report; 1 Cost and Fee Allocation in Civil Procedure: A Synthesis; 1.1 Introduction: The Topic and Its Limits; 1.1.1 The Significance of Cost and Fee Rules; 1.1.2 The Importance of Comparative Perspectives; 1.1.3 From Obscurity to Prominence; 1.1.4 The Database -- The Developed Part of the World; 1.1.5 Overview; 1.2 Who Pays? The Basic Rules and Their Reasons; 1.2.1 The Basic Rule: To Shift or Not to Shift?; 1.2.1.1 Major Shifting; 1.2.1.2 Partial Shifting; 1.2.1.3 Minor Shifting; 1.2.2 Exceptions and Modifications
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.2.2.1 Special Types of Litigation1.2.2.2 Party-Based Exceptions; 1.2.2.3 Sanctions for Causing Unnecessary Costs; 1.2.2.4 Split Outcomes; 1.2.2.5 Settlements; 1.2.3 Policies: Fairness or Instrumentalism?; 1.2.3.1 Basic Fairness; 1.2.3.2 Instrumentalist Considerations; 1.2.3.3 Pure Instrumentalism; 1.3 How Much? The Financial Risks of Litigation; 1.3.1 Court Costs: Trouble or Triviality?; 1.3.1.1 Computation; 1.3.1.2 Differences in Size; 1.3.1.3 Two Explanations; 1.3.2 Attorney Fees: The Lion's Share; 1.3.2.1 Computation; 1.3.2.2 From Schedule to Market; 1.3.2.3 Absolute and Relative Size
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.3.2.4 Avoiding Attorney Fees1.3.3 The Expenses of Evidence: What Price Fact Gathering?; 1.3.3.1 Civil Law Systems; 1.3.3.2 Common Law Jurisdictions; 1.3.3.3 The United States Approach; 1.3.4 The Total Picture: Litigation Costs in Four Cases and Their Impact; 1.3.4.1 Small Claims; 1.3.4.2 Small to Medium Cases; 1.3.4.3 Medium to Large Disputes; 1.3.4.4 High-Value Litigation; 1.3.4.5 Litigation Costs and Access to Justice; 1.4 Whose Money? Access to Justice Through Mechanisms of Risk Distribution; 1.4.1 Legal Aid: Assisting the Needy; 1.4.1.1 Public Legal Aid; 1.4.1.2 Semi-official Assistance
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.4.1.3 Pro Bono Work1.4.2 Litigation Insurance: Buying Protection; 1.4.2.1 Package-Deal Insurance; 1.4.2.2 Free-Standing Litigation Insurance; 1.4.2.3 British After-the-Event Insurance; 1.4.3 Collective Actions: Banding Together; 1.4.3.1 Class Actions; 1.4.3.2 Group Actions; 1.4.3.3 Organizations Pursuing Collective Interests; 1.4.4 Success-Oriented Fees: Winners Pooling with Losers; 1.4.4.1 Contingency Fees; 1.4.4.2 No-Win-No-Fee Agreements; 1.4.4.3 Success Premiums (Uplifts); 1.4.5 Outside Investment in Litigation: Sharing the Spoils; 1.4.5.1 Assignment of Claims
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.4.5.2 Outside Litigation Funding1.5 In Conclusion: Grouping Cost and Fee Allocation Systems; 1.5.1 Regional and Cultural Clusters?; 1.5.2 Civil Law v. Common Law?; Part II National Reports; 2 The Price of Access to the Civil Courts Australia -- Old Problems, New Solutions: A Commercial Litigation Funding Case Study; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Overview of Litigation Funding and Costs in Australia 2; 2.3 Commercial Litigation Funding; 2.4 Conclusion; 3 Litigating in Austria -- Are Costs and Fees Worth It?; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Who Has to Bear the Costs?
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.1 ''Major Shifting'' as the Basic Rule in Austria
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400722446 , 1283456524 , 9781283456524
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 200p, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy and Medicine 100
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Bioethics critically reconsidered
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Bioethics ; Bioethics ; Political aspects ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Bioethik
    Abstract: Bioethics developed as an academic and clinical discipline during the later part of the 20th century due to a variety of factors. Crucial to this development was the increased secularization of American culture as well as the dissolution of medicine as a quasi-guild with its own professional ethics. In the context of this moral vacuum, bioethics came into existence. Its raison d'etre was opposition to the alleged paternalism of the medical community and traditional moral frameworks, yet at the same time it set itself up as a source of moral authority with respect to biomedical decision making
    Abstract: Bioethics developed as an academic and clinical discipline during the later part of the 20th century due to a variety of factors. Crucial to this development was the increased secularization of American culture as well as the dissolution of medicine as a quasi-guild with its own professional ethics. In the context of this moral vacuum, bioethics came into existence. Its raison d'etre was opposition to the alleged paternalism of the medical community and traditional moral frameworks, yet at the same time it set itself up as a source of moral authority with respect to biomedical decision making
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Contributors; Notes on Contributors; 1 A Skeptical Reassessment of Bioethics; 1.1 What Is Bioethics, After All: Claims for Moral Expertisein the Face of Intractable Moral Pluralism; 1.2 Success in the Face of Foundational Disagreement; 1.3 The History of Bioethics: Four Perspectives; 1.4 The Practice of Bioethics and Clinical EthicsConsultation: Three Views; 1.5 The Incredible Search for Bioethical Professionalism: Some Final Critical Reflections on Circular Thinking; 1.6 Bioethicists for Hire: A Concluding Exploration; Notes; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Part I History of Bioethics: Four Perspectives2 Beginning Bioethics; 2.1 History; 2.2 Method; 2.3 Philosophy; 2.4 Fetal Research; 2.5 Research Involving Prisoners; 2.6 Research Involving Children; 2.7 The Belmont Report; References; 3 Genesis of a Totalizing Ideology: Bioethics' Inner Hippie; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The Escape from Normalcy: "Do Your Own Thing"; 3.3 The Rhetoric of Love: "Make Love, not War"; 3.4 The Politics of Rage: "Stick It to the Man"; 3.5 Conclusion; Notes; References; 4 Bioethics and Professional Medical Ethics: Mapping and Managing an Uneasy Relationship
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Introduction4.2 Bioethics that Deprofessionalized Medical Ethics; 4.3 Bioethics that Embraced Professional Medical Ethics; 4.4 The Invention of Professional Medical Ethics; 4.5 In Defense of a Conservative, Professional Medical Ethics; 4.6 Conclusion; References; 5 Two Rival Understandings of Autonomy, Paternalism, and Bioethical Principlism; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Medical Paternalism and Autonomy in Bioethics; 5.3 Autonomy in Bioethical Principlism; 5.4 Kantian Autonomy: Why the "Free" Choicesof Patients Can Be Heteronomous; 5.5 Kantian Autonomy as a Basis for Medical Paternalism
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.6 ConclusionNotes; References; Part II The Practice of Bioethics and Clinical Ethics Consultation: Three Views; 6 Bioethics as Political Ideology; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 The Public Ideology of Bioethics; 6.2.1 Example I: Human Rights and the Deconstruction of the Family; 6.2.2 Example II: Welfare Entitlements to Health; 6.3 Challenges: Moral, Epistemological, and Political; 6.3.1 Moral and Epistemological Ambiguity; 6.3.2 Strategically Ambiguous Appeals to Consensus; 6.3.3 Rhetorically Shifting the Burden of Proof; 6.4 The Need for a Canonical Moral Anthropology; 6.5 Conclusion; Notes
    Description / Table of Contents: References7 The "s" in Bioethics: Past, Present and Future; 7.1 A Particular Vision of Bioethics: The One; 7.2 The Bioethics Enterprise: The Many; 7.2.1 Disciplinary Differences; 7.2.2 Functional Diversity; 7.2.3 Sub-fields/Sub-specialization; 7.2.4 Religious, Cultural and Moral/Ideological Pluralism; 7.3 The "s" in Bioethics Matters; 7.4 Concluding Remarks; Notes; References; 8 Why Clinical Bioethics So Rarely Gives Morally Normative Guidance; 8.1 Bioethics as a Complex Social Phenomenon; 8.2 The Cultural-Moral Vacuum into which Bioethics Stepped
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.3 The Emergence of Salient Moral and Metaphysical Pluralism
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400717244
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 283p. 11 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Innovation and Change in Professional Education 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Medical Education ; Education ; Education ; Medical Education
    Abstract: Educators in the professions have always had unique demands placed upon them. These include the need to keep pace with rapidly evolving knowledge bases, developing skills and attitudes appropriate to practice, learning in the workplace and fostering public confidence. For twenty years, these new demands have created additional educational imperatives. Public accountability has become more intensive and extensive. Practitioners practice in climates more subject to scrutiny and less forgiving of error. The contexts in which professionals practice and learn have changed and these changes involve
    Abstract: Educators in the professions have always had unique demands placed upon them. These include the need to keep pace with rapidly evolving knowledge bases, developing skills and attitudes appropriate to practice, learning in the workplace and fostering public confidence. For twenty years, these new demands have created additional educational imperatives. Public accountability has become more intensive and extensive. Practitioners practice in climates more subject to scrutiny and less forgiving of error. The contexts in which professionals practice and learn have changed and these changes involve
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; The Editors and Contributors; About the Contributors; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Responsibility, Complexity and Integrity; 1.2 Accountability; 1.3 Stakeholders; 1.4 Engagement with Colleagues and Other Stakeholders; 1.5 Contexts for Learning; References; 2 Developing a Broader Approach to Professional Learning; 2.1 Informal Learning and the Factors That Affect It; 2.2 The Role of Managers in Supporting Learning; 2.3 Teamwork, Organisational Learning and Knowledge Management; 2.4 Continuing Professional Education and Human Relations Development; 2.4.1 Learning Focus
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4.2 Performance Focus2.4.3 Strategic Focus; 2.5 Summary (From Eraut & Hirsh, 2007); References; 3 Knowledge Networks for Treating Complex Diseases in Remote, Rural, and Underserved Communities; 3.1 Healthcare in New Mexico; 3.2 Project ECHO (Extension for Community Healthcare Outcomes); 3.3 Educational Theories Informing Project ECHO; 3.3.1 Deliberate Practice; 3.3.2 Social Cognitive Theory and Provider Self-Efficacy; 3.3.3 Situated Learning Theory; 3.3.4 Adaptive Expertise; 3.4 Collaboration; 3.5 Methods and Approaches Used in Evaluation; 3.6 Results from Questionnaires
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.6.1 Who Are the Community Providers in Project ECHO?3.6.2 Provider Self-Efficacy; 3.6.3 Perspectives of Community Providers; 3.6.4 Providers Identify the Beneficial Components; 3.7 Findings from Annual Meeting Surveys; 3.7.1 Care for Patients; 3.7.2 Broadened Networks and Expanded Interest in Learning; 3.8 Community Providers Improving ECHO; 3.9 Links Between ECHO Model, Theories, and Collaboration; 3.9.1 How Do These Knowledge Networks Contribute to Shared Knowledge Construction Among Academics and Practitioners?; 3.9.2 What Lessons Can Be Learned from This Experience?; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Using Simulation and Coaching as a Catalyst for Introducing Team-Based Medical Error Disclosure4.1 Background; 4.2 Research Project Description; 4.3 Description of Simulation in Action; 4.4 Description of Disclosure Coaching in Action; 4.5 Assessment of the Intervention; 4.6 Preliminary Findings; 4.7 Discussion and Next Steps; References; 5 Leader Development in Dynamic and Hazardous Environments: Company Commander LearningThrough Combat; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Our Conceptual Framework; 5.2.1 Experiential Learning Theory; 5.2.2 Leadership Development and Learning; 5.3 Methodology
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3.1 Participant Selection5.3.2 Data Collection; 5.3.3 Data Analysis; 5.3.4 Possible Sources of Bias; 5.3.5 Limitations and Member Check; 5.4 Learning Experiences in Combat; 5.4.1 The Molten Experience; 5.4.2 Profound Responsibility; 5.4.3 Intense Affect; 5.4.4 Embodied Feedback; 5.5 Implications for Learning and Development; 5.5.1 Leader Development in Combat; 5.5.2 Compassion and Resilience; 5.5.3 Judgment and Decision Making; 5.5.4 Innovation; 5.6 Conclusions and Final Insights; References; 6Managers' Teaching and Leading in the Workplace: An Exploratory Field Study; 6.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 Leadership and Education
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400707665 , 1283453231 , 9781283453233
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 157p, digital)
    Series Statement: Library of Ethics and Applied Philosophy 25
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Rijt, Jan-Willem van der, 1977 - The importance of assent
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Political science Philosophy ; Criminal Law ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Political science Philosophy ; Criminal Law ; Acquiescence (Psychology) ; Moral and ethical aspects ; Judgment (Ethics) ; Control (Psychology) ; Moral and ethical aspects ; Zwang ; Würde ; Praktische Philosophie ; Zwang ; Würde ; Praktische Philosophie
    Abstract: This book argues that respecting persons as moral agents requires considerable consideration be paid to the subjective moral judgments of individual persons. It shows that such judgments are important independently of their validity or even their reasonableness. Despite the great emphasis on respect for persons in present-day moral theory, the importance of a person's subjective moral judgments has largely been neglected in existing literature. The book focuses particularly on the context of coercion and domination, both key notions in moral and political theory. The book combines Kantian and
    Abstract: This book argues that respecting persons as moral agents requires considerable consideration be paid to the subjective moral judgments of individual persons. It shows that such judgments are important independently of their validity or even their reasonableness. Despite the great emphasis on respect for persons in present-day moral theory, the importance of a person's subjective moral judgments has largely been neglected in existing literature. The book focuses particularly on the context of coercion and domination, both key notions in moral and political theory. The book combines Kantian and
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Coercion -- pt. 2. Dignity and interference -- pt. 3. A Kantian reconstruction of republicanism.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789048189243
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 217p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: GeoJournal Library 102
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Contradictions of Neoliberal Planning
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Geography ; Regional planning ; Human Geography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Geography ; Regional planning ; Human Geography
    Abstract: The premise of this volume is that the concepts of 'neoliberalism' and 'neoliberalisation' have largely been overlooked in planning theory as well as in the analysis of planning practice, despite the common deployment of these terms in the social sciences. Combining a number of specially commissioned chapters with insights from papers presented to a recent conference session of the Association of American Geographers in Boston, the book is dedicated to filling this significant lacuna in the study of planning. What the case studies explored in these chapters--from Africa, Asia, North America an
    Abstract: The premise of this volume is that the concepts of 'neoliberalism' and 'neoliberalisation' have largely been overlooked in planning theory as well as in the analysis of planning practice, despite the common deployment of these terms in the social sciences. Combining a number of specially commissioned chapters with insights from papers presented to a recent conference session of the Association of American Geographers in Boston, the book is dedicated to filling this significant lacuna in the study of planning. What the case studies explored in these chapters--from Africa, Asia, North America an
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Contributors; List of Figures; List of Tables; About the Authors; 1 Introduction: Contradictions of Neoliberal Urban Planning; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Varieties of Capitalism, Path-Dependency, and Diverse Reactions of Planning Institutions; 1.1.2 Ambivalent Position of Planning Institutions; 1.1.3 Increasing Opportunity-Led Approach of Planning Institutions; 1.2 Contradictions of Neoliberalisation for Urban Planning; 1.3 About This Book; References; 2 Normalising Neoliberal Planning: The Case of Malmö, Sweden; 2.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 Neoliberal Planning: New Urbanity, Urban Continuity2.2.1 The Plan; 2.2.2 The People: Reworking Malm''s Demographic Fabric Against the Odds; 2.3 The Production of the Örespectacle: New Scales and Landscapes of Prosperity and Poverty; 2.4 The Same and the New: Continuity and Change in an Age of Neoliberal Planning; 2.4.1 The Same; 2.4.2 The New; 2.5 Conclusion; References; 3 Neoliberal Urban Policy, Aspirational Citizenship and the Uses of Cultural Distinction; 3.1 Introduction; 3.1.1 Neoliberal Discourses, Urban Policy, and the Naturalising of Class Distinctions
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 British Urban Policy and the Creation of Aspirational Citizens3.2.1 The Changing Form and Character of Urban Policy Interventions; 3.2.2 The Field of Culture-Led Urban Policy and the Evolution of Neoliberal Rationalities; 3.3 Conclusions; References; 4 Contradictions in the Neoliberal Policy Instruments: What Is the Stance of the State?; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Changing Role and Policies of the State in the Neoliberal Era; 4.2.1 Re-territorialisation: Complex and Inconsistent Strategies; 4.2.2 Re-distribution of Power and Responsibilities: For What and to Whom?
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3 State Interests and Concerns About Urban Areas: A New Dilemma4.3.1 Amendments to Previous Planning Legislation: The Reluctance of the Central Government to Transfer Planning Rights to Local Governments; 4.3.2 The Outcomes of the New Approach: Increasing Government Intervention; 4.4 The State as a New Actor in the Distribution of Benefits of Urban Development; 4.4.1 Urban Plans and Urban Policy Instruments as a Means of Redistribution: Changing from Indirect to Direct Transfer; 4.5 Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Transnational Neoliberalisation and the Role of Supranational Trade Agreements in Local Urban Policy Implementation: The Case of the European Union5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Globalisation and the Role of International Agreements in Local Urban Policy: The Case of the European Union; 5.3 Dutch Neoliberalisation? Changing Urban Policy Context Towards an Ambiguous 'Way'; 5.4 Constraints for PPP Structures Due to the EU Competitiveness Policy: State Aid and Public Procurement Practices in the Netherlands; 5.4.1 Amersfoort Case (Vathorst): Public Procurement and Consequences for New Town Development
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.4.2 Haaksbergen Case: State Aid and Consequences for Urban Renewal
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9781402090417
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Series Statement: Springer International Handbooks of Education 24
    DDC: 507.1
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education Philosophy ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: Campbell J. McRobbie
    Abstract: The International Handbook of Science Education is a two volume edition pertaining to the most significant issues in science education. It is a follow-up to the first Handbook, published in 1998, which is seen as the most authoritative resource ever produced in science education. The chapters in this edition are reviews of research in science education and retain the strong international flavor of the project. It covers the diverse theories and methods that have been a foundation for science education and continue to characterize this field. Each section contains a lead chapter that provides a
    Description / Table of Contents: Second International Handbook of Science Education; Preface; Contents of Part One; Contents of Part Two; Part I: Sociocultural Perspectives and Urban Education; Chapter 1: Sociocultural Perspectives on Science Education; Illuminating Science Education with Sociocultural Theory; Making Sense of What Happens in Science Classes; My Framework; Structures as Affordances for Enactment; Solidarity and Science Education; Cosmopolitanism; Cogenerative Dialogue; Speaking for Others; Maintaining Focus; Radical Listening; Expanding Participants' Roles; Curriculum Change
    Description / Table of Contents: Cross-Field Production and Creation of CultureProsody and Emotions; Potential for Change; Acknowledgment; References; Chapter 2: Understanding Engagement in Science Education: The Psychological and the Social; Conceptions of Engagement; Moving from the Individual to the Collective: Emotional Engagement as Social and Temporal; The Primacy of Emotional Engagement: Theoretical Perspectives; The Role of Collective Emotional Engagement in the Emotional, Behavioural and Cognitive Engagement of Individuals; Interaction Rituals and Engagement: Implications; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Identity-Based Research in Science EducationIntroduction; Theoretical Frameworks in Identity Research; Figured Worlds and Practice Theories; Discursive Stances; Activity Theory; Identity-Based Studies in Science Education; Global Identities Among Immigrant Students; Positional Identity and Science Teacher Professional Development; Differential Identities from a Common Curriculum; Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: Diverse Urban Youth's Learning of Science Outside School in University Outreach and Community Science Programs; A Brief Historical Account of Informal Science Practices
    Description / Table of Contents: Two Kinds of Programs: Outreach and Youth Centered ProgramsPrograms Reaching Out to Youth: The Case of Math and Science Upward Bound; Youth-Driven Community Science Programs: Some Examples; Discussion; Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Reality Pedagogy and Urban Science Education: Towards a Comprehensive Understanding of the Urban Science Classroom; Problematising Science Education for Urban Students of Colour; The Silencing of Urban Youth Voice in Urban Science Education; Urban Science Education; The Needs of Urban Youth in an Urbanised World
    Description / Table of Contents: Science Education in Urban Settings or Urban Science EducationMoving Towards a Focus on Reality; From Pedagogy of Poverty to Reality Pedagogy; Defining Reality Pedagogy; Enacting Reality Pedagogy; Steps Towards Reality Pedagogy in the Classroom; A Focus on the Three Cs: Co-generative Dialogues, Co-teaching and Cosmopolitanism; Conclusions; References; Chapter 6: Learning Science Through Real-World Contexts; Use of Context in Science Education; Outcomes from International Studies on Context-Based Approaches; Relevance; Interest/Attitude/Motivation; Deeper Understanding
    Description / Table of Contents: Recent Developments in Australia
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400719910
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 246p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The New Synthese Historical Library 70
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, classical ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, classical ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy, modern
    Abstract: This is the first collection of original essays entirely devoted to a detailed study of the Pyrrhonian tradition. The twelve contributions collected in the present volume combine to offer a historical and systematic analysis of the form of skepticism known as "Pyrrhonism". They discuss whether the Pyrrhonist is an ethically engaged agent, whether he can claim to search for truth, and other thorny questions concerning ancient Pyrrhonism; explore its influence on certain modern thinkers such as Pierre Bayle and David Hume; and, examine Pyrrhonian skepticism in relation to contemporary
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Introduction; References; Contents; Contributors; Part I Ancient Pyrrhonism; 1 How Ethical Can an Ancient Skeptic Be?; 2 Two Kinds of Tranquility: Sextus Empiricus on Ataraxia; 3 The Aims of Skeptical Investigation; 4 Pyrrhonism and the Law of Non-Contradiction; 5 Epistemic Justification and the Limits of Pyrrhonism; Part II Pyrrhonism in Modern Philosophy; 6 Bacons Doctrine of the Idols and Skepticism; 7 Skepticism against Reason in Pierre Baylex2019; s TheoryINTnl; of Toleration; 8 Skepticism and the Possibility of Nature; 9 Hume on Skeptical Arguments
    Description / Table of Contents: Part III Pyrrhonism in Contemporary Philosophy10 Wittgensteinian Pyrrhonism; 11 Skepticism and Disagreement; 12 Can Contemporary Semantics Help the Pyrrhonian Get a Life; Name Index; Subject Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400722729 , 128345632X , 9781283456326
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 269p. 10 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Technical and Vocational Education and Training: Issues, Concerns and Prospects 15
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Work and education in America
    RVK:
    Keywords: Adult education ; Education ; Education ; Adult education ; Vocational education ; United States ; Aufsatzsammlung ; USA ; Berufsbildung ; USA ; Berufsbildung
    Abstract: This, the first comprehensive academic volume on vocational education and training (VET) or career and technical education in the United States, features insights into a variety of issues in this field of research. The international reader will find an up-to-date synthesis as well as a critical analysis of the relevant history, philosophy, governance, legislation and organizational structures. The coverage is structured according to the benchmarks applied to, as well as the theoretical discussions around, VET. The topics covered all have a strong contemporary relevance and include education ve
    Abstract: This, the first comprehensive academic volume on vocational education and training (VET) or career and technical education in the United States, features insights into a variety of issues in this field of research. The international reader will find an up-to-date synthesis as well as a critical analysis of the relevant history, philosophy, governance, legislation and organizational structures. The coverage is structured according to the benchmarks applied to, as well as the theoretical discussions around, VET. The topics covered all have a strong contemporary relevance and include education ve
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Contents; Contributors; About the Editors; About the Authors; 1 Introduction; References; 2 Dilemmas of Design: Education Versus Qualification in the US Vocational System; 2.1 The Empirical Context: The Place of Vocational Education in the United States---"Wanted: Qualification"; 2.2 Recent and Current Efforts at Reform: The Many Roles of Vocational Education; 2.3 The Political-Cultural Context: Efforts to Modernize Struggling Amidst Institutional Weakness; 2.4 Outlook: Crisis and Potential System Redesign; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 The Multitiered CTE/VET System in the United States---From High School to Two-Year Colleges3.1 Funding and Financing Vocational/Career and Technical Education; 3.2 Vocational/Career and Technical Education Within the US Educational System; 3.2.1 Secondary Vocational/Career and Technical Education; 3.2.2 Postsecondary Vocational/Career and Technical Education; 3.3 Program Areas Within Vocational/Career and Technical Education; 3.3.1 Agricultural Education; 3.3.2 Business Education; 3.3.3 Family and Consumer Sciences Education (Formerly Home Economics Education)
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.4 Health Occupations Education3.3.5 Marketing Education; 3.3.6 Trade and Industrial Education; 3.3.7 Technology Education; 3.4 Curricular Approaches Within Vocational/Career and Technical Education; 3.4.1 Career Clusters and Career Academies; 3.4.2 Tech Prep; 3.4.3 High Schools That Work; 3.4.4 Project Lead the Way; 3.5 Leadership Components of Vocational/Career and Technical Education; 3.5.1 Vocational/Career and Technical Student Organizations; 3.5.2 Advisory Committees; 3.6 Overall Effectiveness; 3.7 Conclusion; References; 4 The American Community College; 4.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 History and Background4.3 Social Role; 4.4 Students; 4.5 Student Services; 4.6 Programs; 4.7 Organization and Leadership; 4.8 Finances; 4.9 Faculty; 4.10 Toward the Future; 4.11 Conclusion; References; 5 Governing VET in the United States: Localization Versus Centralization; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Local, State, and Federal Roles; 5.2.1 Regular Public Education; 5.2.2 State and Local Roles in Vocational Education; 5.2.2.1 State Role in VET; 5.2.2.2 Local Programs; 5.2.3 Federal Role in Vocational Education; 5.3 Federal Efforts to Implement Reforms; 5.3.1 The Context of VET Reform
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3.2 Academic and Vocational Education5.3.3 Secondary and Postsecondary Education; 5.3.4 Curricula, Standards, and Certification; 5.3.5 The School-to-Work Transition; 5.4 Conclusion; References; 6 The Education Gospel and Vocationalism in US Higher Education: Triumphs, Tribulations, and Cautions for Other Countries; 6.1 Introduction: The Education Gospel and International Borrowing; 6.2 From Moral to Occupational Purposes: Vocationalizing the University; 6.2.1 The Rise of the Professions; 6.2.2 The Great Transformation of US Higher Education
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.3 The Dilemmas of the Professionalized University
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400723900
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 278p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 25
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic
    Abstract: Is reality logical and is logic real? What is the origin of logical intuitions? What is the role of logical structures in the operations of an intelligent mind and in communication? Is the function of logical structure regulative or constitutive or both in concept formation? This volume provides analyses of the logic-reality relationship from different approaches and perspectives. The point of convergence lies in the exploration of the connections between reality - social, natural or ideal - and logical structures employed in describing or discovering it. Moreover, the book connects logical th
    Abstract: Is reality logical and is logic real? What is the origin of logical intuitions? What is the role of logical structures in the operations of an intelligent mind and in communication? Is the function of logical structure regulative or constitutive or both in concept formation? This volume provides analyses of the logic-reality relationship from different approaches and perspectives. The point of convergence lies in the exploration of the connections between reality - social, natural or ideal - and logical structures employed in describing or discovering it. Moreover, the book connects logical th
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400723696 , 1283456591 , 9781283456593
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 268p. 19 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science 289
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. MacKinnon, Edward M., 1928 - Interpreting physics
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Science Philosophy ; Physics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Science Philosophy ; Physics ; Physics ; Philosophy ; Physik ; Quantenmechanik ; Sprache ; Philosophie ; Physik ; Sprache ; Philosophie ; Quantenmechanik
    Abstract: This book is the first to offer a systematic account of the role of language in the development and interpretation of physics. An historical-conceptual analysis of the co-evolution of mathematical and physical concepts leads to the classical/quatum interface. Bohrian orthodoxy stresses the indispensability of classical concepts and the functional role of mathematics. This book analyses ways of extending, and then going beyond this orthodoxy orthodoxy. Finally, the book analyzes how a revised interpretation of physics impacts on basic philosophical issues: conceptual revolutions, realism, and r
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Acronyms; Part I The Language of Physics; 1 A Philosophical Overview; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Language and Logical Positivism; 1.3 Language and Contemporary Philosophy of Physics; 1.4 Methods of Analysis; 1.4.1 Semantics and Ontology; References; 2 From Categories to Quantitative Concepts; 2.1 Early Developments; 2.2 From Myth to Philosophy; 2.3 From Philosophy of Nature to Mechanics; 2.4 A New Physics Emerges; 2.4.1 Newtonian Dynamics; 2.5 Philosophical Reflections; References; 3 The Unification of Classical Physics; 3.1 Atomistic Mechanism
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1.1 An Energetic Physics3.1.2 Classical Electrodynamics; References; 4 The Interpretation of Classical Physics; 4.1 The Limits of Classical Physics; 4.2 The Interpretation of Classical Physics; 4.2.1 Critical Classical Physics; 4.3 A Dual Inference Model; References; Part II The Classical/Quantum Divide; 5 Orthodox Quantum Mechanics; 5.1 The Development of Bohr's Position; 5.2 A Strict Measurement Interpretation of Quantum Mechanics; References; 6 Beyond a Minimal Basis; 6.1 The Role of Quantum Experiments; 6.2 QED and Virtual Processes; 6.3 The Standard Model
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.3.1 Renormalization and Effective Theories6.4 Idiontology of the Quantum Realm; References; 7 Interpreting Quantum Mechanics; 7.1 Formulations and Interpretations; 7.2 The Consistent Histories Interpretation of Quantum Mechanics; 7.2.1 Criticisms of Consistent Histories; 7.3 The Gell-Mann--Hartle Project; References; 8 Realism and Reductionism; 8.1 Physics in Perspective; 8.2 Continuity and Rationality; 8.3 The Problematic of Realism; 8.4 Emergence and Reduction; 8.4.1 Reductionism and Physical Theories; 8.4.2 Emergence; 8.5 The Four Orders; References; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400721357
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 427p. 43 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; History ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; History
    Abstract: Alberto Amaral
    Abstract: A comprehensive, wide ranging and detailed account of the unfolding of higher education and higher education policy in Portugal from 1974 to 2009 by leading policy-makers and scholars, with the explicit purpose of showing how different disciplinary canons and perspectives contribute to the study of higher education and higher education policy including Law and Science Policy perspectives. Whilst focusing on one referential system, this book deals with current policy issues emerging in the wake of the post Bologna period. It also examines their long term historical origins in addition to the me
    Description / Table of Contents: Higher Education in Portugal 1974-2009; Preface; Contents; List of Contributors; About the Editors; About the Authors; Chapter 1: Introduction. On Exceptionalism: The Nation, a Generation and Higher Education, Portugal 1974-2009; Introduction; European Higher Education Policy as Eschatology; European Higher Education Policy as Ambition; European Higher Education Policy as Historical Paradox; A Watershed; New Vistas and Perspectives on Europe's Higher Education; Four Points in Justification; Time and Circumstance; The Place of Context and the Context of Place; Agendas: Inside and Outside
    Description / Table of Contents: PedagogyStructure and Rationale; Changes in European Higher Education Policy; Exceptionalism Shifting; Interlocking Developments; The Role of Convergence as a Policy Dynamic; Meaning Mutating; Plea for a Long-Term Perspective; Curious Analogues; A Generational Perspective; The Grand Narrative: An Unfashionable Genre; The Study of Higher Education: A Brief History; The Concept of 'System': A Seminal Point; 'Subject Parturition': A Constant Feature; Some Basic Dilemmas the Student of Higher Education Faces; Hubris; Portugal: Exception, Pioneer or Partner?; Techniques of Comparison
    Description / Table of Contents: … and Their CritiquePortugal as Pioneer: The Revolutionary Inheritance; First of the New or Last of the Old?; Thanks for the Memory; A Generation of Exception; Mobilising and the Mobilised; On the Road to Neoliberalism; Portuguese Perspectives on Neoliberalism; Anglo-Saxon Presumptions and Attitudes; The Tensions of Progress; Exquisite Dilemmas; Shift in Discourse as Handmaiden to Policy; Bonfire of the Vanities; A Rapid Flight over a Complex Terrain; Shaping the Nation; Shaping Higher Learning; Shaping the Institutional Fabric; Envoi; References; Part I: Shaping the Nation
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 2: National Identity and Higher Education: From the Origins till 1974National Identity, Nation, Nationalism; The Kingdom of Portugal in the Middle Ages and the Role of the Studium Generale; University During the Golden Age of Empire; The Enlightenment: Concerns of the Portuguese Nation and Its Educational Inertia; Higher Education in the Era of Nationalism; Educational Reform, Higher Education and the Republic; Higher Education, Authoritarian Nationalism and the New State; References; Chapter 3: University, Society and Politics
    Description / Table of Contents: The Revolution of 1974: How the Attempt to Create a 'Political University' FailedConstitution of 1976 and Its Contradictions in Education; Higher Education at the End of the Twentieth Century: The Change in Paradigm; Two in the Place of One; Under the Sign of Bologna; New Vocabulary, New Values, New Realities; Rankings, 'Faculty Strife' and the 'Cultural University'; A New Vision of the Political University?; References; Chapter 4: Cultural and Educational Heritage, Social Structure and Quality of Life; Introduction; Two Mathematical Concepts
    Description / Table of Contents: Economic Structure, Employment and Migration Movements
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    ISBN: 9789400728134 , 1283456656 , 9781283456654
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 268p. 10 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Mathematics Education Library 55
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Equity in discourse for mathematics education
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics ; Mathematikunterricht ; Diskursanalyse
    Abstract: David Pimm
    Abstract: This book covers the discourse and equity in mathematics education research. Given the inherent connection between discourse and equity, this book focuses on two approaches to the connection. Contributors consider the ways in which the social, mathematical, cultural, and political aspects of classroom interactions impact students' opportunities to participate in the kinds of discourse practices that provide access to resources. Contributors also consider the perceptions and practices of educators, particularly the extent to which they view diversity as a resource and to which they are aware of
    Description / Table of Contents: Equity in Discourse for Mathematics Education; Foreword; Discourse and Equity: The Simultaneous Challenge of Epistemological and Social Access; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: Inherent Connections Between Discourse and Equity in Mathematics Classrooms; 1 Equity; 2 Discourse; 3 Changing Discourse Patterns in Mathematics Classrooms; 3.1 Making Language Practices Explicit; 3.2 Cultural Dimensions of Discourse; 3.3 Structuring Equitable Discourse; 4 Bringing These Perspectives Together in This Book; Part I: Equity Concerns Draw Attention to Discourse
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 2: Context Matters: How Should We Conceptualize Equity in Mathematics Education?1 Framing Equity; 2 Equity in Teaching and Learning Contexts; 2.1 Nine U.S. High Schools; 2.2 A Successful Teacher Community; 2.3 Twenty-Three Teacher Candidates; 2.4 The 'Achievement Gap'; 3 Future Research; 4 Postscript (2011); Chapter 3: Exploring Scholastic Mortality Among Working-Class and Indigenous Students; 1 Teaching Working-Class and Indigenous Students: An Act of Symbolic Violence?; 2 Both-Ways Education: Challenging Symbolic Violence; 3 Resistance Theory: Alternatives to Deficit Models
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Language Structures and Marginalising Discourses5 Language Differences: The Case of Questioning; 5.1 Written Questions and Contexts; 5.2 Classroom Interactions; 5.3 Questions to Control Behaviour and Flow of Lessons; 5.4 Questions to Elicit Knowledge; 6 Teacher Judgement and Success: The Curse of Ability in Mathematics Education; Chapter 4: Mathematics Learning in Groups: Analysing Equity Within an Activity Structure; 1 Equity and Opportunities to Learn in Mathematical Group Work; 1.1 Analysing Equity in Terms of Opportunities to Learn; 2 Methods; 2.1 Major Data Sources
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 Identifying Work Practices2.3 Identifying Positioning; 3 Equity and Interaction in the Presentation Preparation; 4 Discussion; Chapter 5: Aiming for Equity in Ethnomathematics Research; 1 Context; 2 Ethnomathematics; 3 Positioning Theory; 4 Shifting Storylines in the Research Conversations; 4.1 Changing Storylines; 4.2 Challenges of Representation; 5 Reflection; Chapter 6: How Equity Concerns Lead to Attention to Mathematical Discourse; 1 Multiple Approaches to Equity Discourse and Ethnomathematics; 2 Three Points of Further Discussion; 2.1 Defining 'discourse'
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 Issues with the Discourse Practices of School2.3 Issues with Using Ethnomathematical Approaches; 3 Equitable and Successful Practices in U.S. Mathematics Classrooms; 4 Some Recommendations for Future Research on Equity and Discourse; 4.1 Recommendation #1: Avoid Essentializing Cultural Practices; 4.2 Recommendation #2: Avoid Deficit Models; 4.3 Recommendation #3: Recognize the Complexity of Language and Discourse Practices; 4.4 Recommendation #4: Shift Away from Monolithic Views of Mathematical Discourse; Part II: Attention to Discourse Highlights Equity Concerns
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: Linguistic Tools for Exploring Issues of Equity
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400724013 , 1283456397 , 9781283456395
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 149p, digital)
    Series Statement: Contemporary Philosophies and Theories in Education 3
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Kwak, Duck-Joo Education for self-transformation
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Literacy ; Education ; Education ; Curriculum planning ; Education Philosophy ; Literacy ; Curriculumplanung ; Erziehungsphilosophie ; Curriculumplanung ; Erziehungsphilosophie
    Abstract: Exemplifying what it advocates, this book is an innovative attempt to retrieve the essay form from its degenerate condition in academic writing. Its purpose is to create pedagogical space in which the inner struggle of 'lived experience' can articulate itself in the first person. Working through essays, the modern, 'post-secular' self can guide, understand, and express its own transformation. This is not merely a book about writing methods: it has a sharp existential edge. Beginning by defining key terms such as 'self-transformation', Kwak sketches the contemporary debates between Jurgen Haber
    Abstract: Exemplifying what it advocates, this book is an innovative attempt to retrieve the essay form from its degenerate condition in academic writing. Its purpose is to create pedagogical space in which the inner struggle of 'lived experience' can articulate itself in the first person. Working through essays, the modern, 'post-secular' self can guide, understand, and express its own transformation. This is not merely a book about writing methods: it has a sharp existential edge. Beginning by defining key terms such as 'self-transformation', Kwak sketches the contemporary debates between Jurgen Haber
    Description / Table of Contents: Education for Self-transformation; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction: Education as Self-transformation and the Essay Form of Writing: Education for a Post-secular Age; References; Part I: George Lukács: Practice of Philosophy for Existential Fulfillment; Chapter 2: A Reflection on the Relation Between Philosophy and Life; Through Hans Blumenberg's Work; Introduction: Knowledge and Existential Anxiety, What Is Their Connection?; A Way to the Loss of Existential Fulfillment: From Plato to Bacon; Conclusion: Learning from Nominalists' Wisdom; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: A Response to Modernity Between Reason and Faith: Kierkegaard's Ideas of the Ethical Self and SubjectivityIntroduction: "Being Educated" and "Being Ethical"; Relation Between Subjectivity and Being Ethical; Conclusion: Educational Implications of Kierkegaard's Indirect Communication; References; Chapter 4: Practicing Philosophy, the Practice of Education: Exploring the Essay-Form Through Lukács' Soul and Form; Introduction: In Pursuit of a Pedagogical Form of Writing; Philosophy and Life-Form; Life-Form and the Essay Form of Writing
    Description / Table of Contents: Conclusion: The Essay Form of Writing as an Educational PracticeReferences; Part II: Stanley Cavell: Practice of Education in the Essay-Form; Chapter 5: Stanley Cavell's Ordinary Language Philosophy as an Example of Practicing Philosophy in the Essay-Form: In Search of a Humanistic Approach to Teacher Education; Introduction: A Humanistic Approach to Teacher Education; The Methodological Characteristics of Cavell's Ordinary Language Philosophy; The Educational Aspiration of Cavell's Ordinary Language Philosophy; Conclusion: A Role for Philosophy in Teacher Education; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Philosophy as the Essay Form of Writing: Cavell's Concepts of Voice, Method, and TextIntroduction: The Essay as a Form of Writing for Self-knowledge; Montaigne and the Essay: Its Educational Nature and Purpose; Cavell's Philosophical Writing: Voice, Method, and Text; Voice and Method; Voice and Text; Conclusion: The Philosophical Voice and the Essay; References; Chapter 7: Cavell's Essayist as the Political Self: Implication for Citizenship Education; Introduction: The Private, the Philosophical, and the Political; The Political Dimension of Cavell's Moral Perfectionism
    Description / Table of Contents: Conversation of Justice for Equality from Within and Active EqualityConclusion: A Picture of the Cavellian Citizen: "Bourgeoisie with a Desire to Go Beyond Bourgeois Morality"; References; Chapter 8: Conclusion: The Essay Form of Writing for a Tragic Form of Subjectivity; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400721265
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXV, 352p. 20 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Archimedes, New Studies in the History and Philosophy of Science and Technology 29
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Ducheyne, Steffen The main business of natural philosophy
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science Philosophy ; History ; Humanities / Arts / Design ; Science Philosophy ; History ; Newton, Isaac, ; Sir, 1642-1727 ; Science ; Methodology ; Newton, Isaac 1643-1727 ; Wissenschaft ; Methodologie ; Newton, Isaac 1643-1727 ; Wissenschaft ; Methodologie
    Abstract: In this monograph, a historically detailed and philosophical-systematic study will be undertaken of Newton's scientific methodology. It will be shown that the hypothesis that Newton was a bad or confused methodologist is beset with many difficulties and that Newton was not a simplistic inductivist nor did he believe that causes can be derived unconditionally from phenomena. Special attention will be given to Newton's Principia-style methodology. With respect to Newton's Principia-style methodology, it will be shown that Newton carefully distinguished between the (physico- )mathematical treatment of force and the physical treatment of force and that the former should always precede the latter in order to uncover the forces present in rerum natura more safely. In the (physico- )mathematical treatment of force, Newton explicated the physico-mathematical conditions under which, given the laws of motion, certain motions would occur exactly or quam proxime. Of course, Newton clearly focused on those motions which would be relevant in the study of the systema mundi, i.e. Keplerian motions. It will be shown that the models of Book I are not purely mathematical, but physico-mathematical instead: the idealized motions and forces of the models of Book I are iso-nomological to real-world bodies and forces and they are analyzable by the same technical concepts, i.e. Definitions I-VIII. Given these features, Newton could bridge the gap between mathematics and physics: the physico-mathematical conditions, which are structurally similar to what would become their referents in the context of Book III, are predicated under the same laws that hold in the empirical world and, given the Definitions, one could relate certain technical terms to their quasi-physical measures
    Abstract: In this monograph, Steffen Ducheyne provides a historically detailed and systematically rich explication of Newton's methodology. Throughout the pages of this book, it will be shown that Newton developed a complex natural-philosophical methodology which encompasses procedures to minimize inductive risk during the process of theory formation and which, thereby, surpasses a standard hypothetico-deductive methodological setting. Accordingly, it will be highlighted that the so-called 'Newtonian Revolution' was not restricted to the empirical and theoretical dimensions of science, but applied equal
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Introduction; Contents; List of Figures; Notes to the Reader; Part I Newton's Causal Methodology; 1 Newton and Causes: Something Borrowed and Something New; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Stewart's Objection: The Logical Problem of Analysis and Synthesis; 1.3 Newton's Early Aristotelian Training; 1.4 Textbooks on Logic and Method; 1.5 Newton on Natural-Philosophical Analysis and Synthesis; 1.6 Centripetal Forces as Causes; 1.7 Newton on Action at a Distance; 1.8 Conclusion; 1.9 Coda: Did Newton Actually Mean "Explanations"?
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.9 Appendix: Transcription of CUL Add. Ms. 3968, f. 109r-v [Early 1710s]Part II Newton's Methodology: "The Best Way of Arguing in Natural Philosophy"; 2 Uncovering the Methodology of the Principia (I): The Phase of Model Construction; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Newton's Rejection of the Method of Hypothesis; 2.3 The Strong Version of I. Bernard Cohen's "Newtonian Style" and Its Predicament; 2.4 The Constituents of Newton's Models in Book I; 2.4.1 Newton's Definitions; 2.4.2 Newton's Laws of Motion; 2.4.3 The Mathematical Machinery of the Principia
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4.4 The Constituents of the Models in Books I--II2.5 Crucial Sorts of Propositions of Book I; 2.5.1 Inferring Inverse-Square Centripetal Forces from Exact or Quam Proxime Keplerian Motion; 2.5.2 The Harmonic Rule; 2.5.3 Many-Body Systems; 2.5.4 The Attractive Forces of Spherical Bodies; 2.6 Newton's Methodology Part I: Book I as an "Autonomous Enterprise"; 3 Uncovering the Methodology of the Principia (II): The Phase of Model Application, Theory Formation and Theory Application; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The Development and Meaning of Newton's Regulae Philosophandi
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 Justifying the Absence of a Resisting Medium3.4 The Arguments for Universal Gravitation: The Analysis; 3.4.1 Propositions I--II: The Inference of Inverse-Square Centripetal Forces Acting on the Primary and Secondary Planets; 3.4.2 Propositions III0IV: The Inference of an Inverse-Square Centripetal Force Acting on the Moon; 3.4.3 Proposition V: From Centripetal Force to ''Gravity''; 3.4.4 Proposition VI: Weight-Mass Proportionality; 3.4.5 Proposition VII--VIII: Universal Gravitation; 3.5 The Argument for Universal Gravitation: The Synthesis or the Phase of Theory Application
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.6 An Outline of Newton's Methodology in Book III of the PrincipiaAppendix 1: Relevant Additions and Changes Occurring in the Second Edition of the Principia (1713); Appendix 2: Relevant Additions and Changes Occurring in the Third Edition of the Principia (1726); 4 Facing the Limits of Deductions from Phenomena: Newton's Quest for a Mathematical-Demonstrative Optics; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Opticks as an Incomplete Treatise; 4.3 The Corporality of Light as a Hypothesis; 4.4 Newton's Argument for the Heterogeneity of White Light; 4.5 Scrutinizing Newton's Two Conclusions
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.6 Early Newton's Demonstrative Rhetoric
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400721784
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 287p. 31 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Landscapes: the Arts, Aesthetics, and Education 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Regional planning ; Education ; Education ; Regional planning
    Abstract: This well researched volume tells the story of music education in Japan and of the wind band contest organized by the All-Japan Band Association. Identified here for the first time as the world's largest musical competition, it attracts 14,000 bands and well over 500,000 competitors. The book's insightful contribution to our understanding of both music and education chronicles music learning in Japanese schools and communities. It examines the contest from a range of perspectives, including those of policy makers, adjudicators, conductors and young musicians. The book is an illuminating window
    Description / Table of Contents: Wind Bands and Cultural Identity in Japanese Schools; Landscapes: the Arts, Aesthetics, and Education; Foreword; Author Biography; Contents; List of Figures; Part 1: A Social History of Wind Bands in Japanese Schools; Chapter 1: The World's Finest School Bands and Largest Music Competition; 1.1 Overview; 1.2 Writing Style and Research Background; Notes; References; Chapter 2: Where are These Bands From? - An Historical Overview; 2.1 Methodological Approach; 2.2 Chapter Overview; 2.3 Mythical Origins; 2.3.1 Wind Instruments in Japanese Tradition
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.2 Psalmanazar and Other Early European Accounts2.4 From Zipangu through Dejima; 2.4.1 Jesuit Music Instruction in Sixteenth Century Japan; 2.4.2 Dejima and Rangaku; 2.4.3 Music Transmission via the Nagasaki Kaigun Denshujo; 2.4.4 Metallurgy, Early Trumpet Instruction, and Guttig's Dream; 2.4.5 Yamagunitai: Japan's Oldest Westernized Band; 2.5 Music Westernization in the Meiji Restoration; 2.5.1 Fenton's Legacy; 2.5.2 Origins of Kimigayo; 2.5.3 Iwakura Mission and Rokumeikan; 2.5.4 Early Schooling, and the Mason-Isawa Saga; 2.6 Emergence of Community Bands and School Bands
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.6.1 Jinta: Informal Marching Band2.6.2 Shonen Ongakutai: Community Youth Band; 2.6.3 Early School Bands; 2.6.4 AJBA National Competition; 2.7 Japanese Bands in the Mid-Twentieth Century; 2.7.1 Bands After the War; 2.7.2 The Blossoming 1960s; 2.8 Recent Developments; 2.8.1 Through the Twentieth Century; 2.8.2 The Rise of China; 2.8.3 Recording Industry and Curricular Reform; 2.8.4 Contemporary Perspectives; 2.9 Historiographic Issues and Revisionist Interpretations; 2.9.1 Imada's Historiography; 2.9.2 Musical Contributions of Fenton, Eckert, Mason and Isawa
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.9.3 Explaining the Popularity of Bands in Japan2.9.4 Fenton's Final Years: New Data; 2.9.5 Concluding Remarks; Notes; References; Part 2: An Ethnography of Wind Bands in Japanese Schools; Chapter 3: An Invitation to the Tokyo Middle School; 3.1 A Place for Learning; 3.1.1 The Urban Setting; 3.1.2 The Trek to School; 3.1.3 The School Neighborhood; 3.1.4 At the Campus; 3.1.5 The Main Office; 3.1.6 The Band Room; 3.1.7 Academic Music Classes; Notes; References; Chapter 4: The Band Rehearsal Ritual and Its Participants; 4.1 The Rehearsal Ritual; 4.1.1 Chuuningu; 4.1.2 Kiritsu; 4.1.3 Hajime
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1.4 Gassou4.1.5 Paatore; 4.1.6 Owari; 4.2 Band Participants; 4.2.1 Ranks and Roles; 4.2.2 Jougekankei System; Notes; References; Chapter 5: Instruction in the Japanese School Band; 5.1 Band Director as Coach; 5.2 Band Director as Hogaku Sensei; 5.3 Instructional Process; 5.4 Zettai Dame!: Negative Feedback; 5.5 Use of Models; 5.6 Uniquely Japanese Techniques; Notes; References; Chapter 6: Scenes from the 50th AJBA National Band Competition; 6.1 Fumon Hall; 6.2 AJBA Rules; 6.3 Local Understandings of the AJBA Competition; Notes; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: Winning in Band: Views from Beneath and Within
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400718555
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 213p. 42 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The Springer Series on Demographic Methods and Population Analysis 30
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Martins, Jo. M., 1936 - Consumer demographics and behaviour
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Population ; Marketing ; Demography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Population ; Marketing ; Demography ; Consumer behavior ; Social aspects ; Demography ; Verbraucherverhalten ; Demographie ; Verbraucherverhalten ; Demographie
    Abstract: This is the book that market strategists have been waiting for to position themselves in global markets and take advantage of the opportunities that demographic bonuses and deficits offer to them and their products. It is also a book for teachers and students of consumer behaviour to grasp the importance of the life cycle as a framework that shapes the demand for goods and services determined by changes in social, economic and physical functioning. It gives insights into gendered consumer behaviour and cohort effects. It presents a range of views on consumer behaviour and how demographic persp
    Abstract: This is the book that market strategists have been waiting for to position themselves in global markets and take advantage of the opportunities that demographic bonuses and deficits offer to them and their products. It is also a book for teachers and students of consumer behaviour to grasp the importance of the life cycle as a framework that shapes the demand for goods and services determined by changes in social, economic and physical functioning. It gives insights into gendered consumer behaviour and cohort effects. It presents a range of views on consumer behaviour and how demographic persp
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Purpose; Organization; Part I -- Basic Issues: Market Size and Composition; Part II -- Demographic Change, Markets and Consumption; Part III -- Consumption, Income, Age, Cohort and Gender; Use; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; Part I Basic Issues: Market Size and Composition; 1 The Making of Markets; 1.1 Markets are People; 1.2 Choices People Make: Tendency to Consume or Save and Credit; 1.3 Market Size, Value and Measurement Issues; 1.4 Market Size: Income and Population; 1.5 Income and the Life Cycle; 1.6 Market Segmentation and Peoples Characteristics
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.7 Strategy Development: Dimensions and AssessmentReferences; 2 Perspectives on Consumer Behaviour; 2.1 Consumer Behaviour: Assumptions and Deductions; 2.2 Economic Perspectives; Box 2.1 Economics of Consumer Choice and Rational Maximisation of Preferences: A Simple Microeconomic Model; 2.3 Psychological Perspectives; Box 2.2 Multi-attribute Attitude Model; 2.4 Sociological Perspectives; Box 2.3 A Typology of Social Trends and Consumer Behaviour; 2.5 Anthropological Perspectives; 2.6 Psychographic Perspectives; 2.7 Evolving Perspectives and Concepts; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Towards Consumer Demographic Perspectives3.1 Demography is About People: Characteristics and Change; Box 3.1 Balancing Equation of Population Change: A Basic Demographic Model; 3.2 Population Age and Changing Market Characteristics; 3.2.1 Life Cycle Events; 3.2.2 Fertility, Mortality and Population Age; Box 3.2 Synthetic Demographic Concepts of Fertility and Life Expectancy; 3.3 Demographic Events: Market Triggers; 3.4 Demographic Dynamics and Market Changes; 3.5 Gendered Effects; 3.6 Ageing and Substitution Effects; 3.7 Cohort Effects; 3.8 Demographic Factors and Consumer Behaviour
    Description / Table of Contents: Appendix: Consumer Market Demographics in the United States1 Development and Evolution; 2 Development and Evolution of Consumer Market Statistics; 3 Data and Methods; 4 The Current State of the Art and the Future; References; Part II Demographic Change, Markets and Consumption; 4 Population Growth in Global Markets; 4.1 Population Growth Over Time; 4.2 Growing Population in Regional Markets; Box 4.1 Population Growth Rates; 4.3 Population and Stage of Development; 4.4 Recent Population Growth; Box 4.2 The Demographic Transition: Population Growth, Mortality and Fertility
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5 Demographic Transition and Differences in Age Distribution4.6 Age Distribution and Stages of Development; 4.7 Future of the Worlds Population; 4.7.1 Four Hypotheses; 4.7.2 The Medium Projection; 4.7.3 Demographic Transition and Ageing of Global Markets; 4.7.4 Stage of Economic Development and Ageing; 4.8 Some Implications of World Ageing to Consumer Behaviour; 4.8.1 More Developed Countries; 4.8.2 Least Developed Countries; 4.8.3 Other Less Developed Countries; Appendix: Population Growth Rates Estimation -- Example; References; 5 Growth of Global Markets
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1 Population Growth and Food Consumption: The Malthusian Perspective
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400723399
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 159p. 12 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Humanities ; Social sciences ; Humanities / Arts / Design ; Humanities ; Social sciences ; Qualitative Sozialforschung ; Postmoderne
    Abstract: Qualitative Research is changing as a result of postmodern influences which have changed the way research is interpreted and understood. This has prompted questions which have been knocking at the door of qualitative research for some time now: Who is the researcher in this research account? How does the researcher relate to his/her research? How can the researcher who reads qualitative research relate to and understand the nuances and complexities in qualitative research? How can this volume help us to, not only describe, effect and manage change, but help us to understand, imagine and affect
    Abstract: Qualitative Research is changing as a result of postmodern influences which have changed the way research is interpreted and understood. This has prompted questions which have been knocking at the door of qualitative research for some time now: Who is the researcher in this research account? How does the researcher relate to his/her research? How can the researcher who reads qualitative research relate to and understand the nuances and complexities in qualitative research? How can this volume help us to, not only describe, effect and manage change, but help us to understand, imagine and affect
    Description / Table of Contents: Qualitative Research in the Post-Modern Era; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Chapter 1: Toward Understanding Research; Introduction; What is Research?; Qualities of Qualitative Research; Selected Annotated Bibliography; Questions for Further Study; References; Chapter 2: The Qualitative (R)Evolution?; Political Considerations; Philosophical Considerations; Paradigms of Research; Approaches to Qualitative Research; Historical Considerations; (Auto)Biographical Considerations; Postmodern Considerations; Five Contexts of Qualitative Research; Selected Annotated Bibliography
    Description / Table of Contents: Questions for Further StudyReferences; Chapter 3: The Autobiographical Context; The Authors' Autobiographical Regressive Moments; An Interview with Dr. William F. Pinar; Response by Graduate Students; An Article by William Pinar; Autobiography by a Graduate Student; The Authors' Autobiographical Moment - Continued; Summary; Selected Annotated Bibliography - William F. Pinar; Questions for Further Study; References; Chapter 4: The Historical Context; An African Proverb; An Article by Norman Denzin and Yvonna Lincoln; An Interview with Norman Denzin; Summary
    Description / Table of Contents: Selected Annotated Bibliography - Norman DenzinQuestions for Further Study; References; Chapter 5: The Political Context; Reflection on the Political Context; Excerpt of an Article by Henry Giroux; An Interview with Henry Giroux; Summary; Selected Annotated Bibliography - Henry Giroux; Questions for Further Study; References; Chapter 6: The Postmodern Context; (Post)Modern Man; An Interview with Professor Emeritus Zygmunt Bauman; Reflections on Research and Postmodernity; Response by Graduate Students; An Article by Zygmunt Bauman; Summary; Selected Annotated Bibliography - Zygmunt Bauman
    Description / Table of Contents: Questions for Further StudyReferences; Chapter 7: The Philosophical Context; An Interview with Dr. Maxine Greene; An Article by Maxine Greene; Summary; Selected Annotated Bibliography - Maxine Greene; Questions for Further Study; References; Chapter 8: The Art and Practice of Research in the Postmodern Era; Contexts for Research; The Autobiographical Context; The Historical Context; The Political Context; The Postmodern Context; The Philosophical Context; Emergent Themes; Ethnic and Gender Issues; The Scholars; Historical Events
    Description / Table of Contents: Reflections on the Art and Practice of Research in the Postmodern EraFound Poetry - "Research Is What?"; Reflections; Introduction to Volume II; Selected Annotated Bibliography; Questions for Further Study; References; Appendices: Excerpts of Interviews Transcripts; Chapter 1 "What Is Research?"; Chapter 2 The Qualitative (R)Evolution?; Chapter 3 The Autobiographical Context; Chapter 4 The Historical Context; Chapter 5 The Political Context; Chapter 6 The Postmodern Context; Chapter 7 The Philosophical Context; Chapter 8 The Art and Practice of Researchin the Postmodern Era; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400723429
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 383p. 2 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 12
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Ethics ; Public finance ; Law ; Law ; Ethics ; Public finance ; Steuerhinterziehung ; Internationales Steuerrecht ; Rechtsvergleich
    Abstract: Karen B. Brown
    Abstract: This volume provides a fascinating look at the anti-tax avoidance strategies employed by more than fifteen countries in eastern and western Europe, Canada, the Pacific Rim, Asia, Africa, and the United States. It surveys the similarities and differences in anti-avoidance regimes and contains detailed chapters for each country surveying the moral and legal dimensions of the problem. The proliferation of tax avoidance schemes in recent years signals the global dimensions of a problem presenting a serious challenge to the effective administration of tax laws. Tax avoidance involves unacceptable m
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Contributors; 1 Comparative Regulation of Corporate Tax Avoidance: An Overview; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Regulation of Tax Avoidance -- In General; 1.3 General Anti-Avoidance Rules (GAARs); 1.4 Disclosure and Penalty Rules; 1.5 Prescriptions for Future Developments; Part I Country Reports; 2 Australia; 2.1 Legal System; 2.2 Income Tax System; 2.3 Tax Controversies; 2.4 Tax Avoidance Jurisprudence; 2.5 The GAAR; 2.5.1 Tax Benefits; 2.5.2 Purpose; 2.6 Targeted Anti-avoidance Rules; 2.7 Regulation of Anti-avoidance; 2.8 Cross-Border Transactions; 2.8.1 Transfer Pricing
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.8.2 Thin Capitalization Rules2.8.3 Anti-deferral Measures; 2.8.3.1 Controlled Foreign Companies Rules; 2.8.3.2 Foreign Investment Funds; 2.8.4 Double Tax Agreements; 2.9 Tax-Avoidance Penalties; 2.9.1 Specific Penalties in Relation to Part IVA Schemes; 2.9.2 General Penalties Which Also Apply in GAAR Cases; 2.9.2.1 Interest Payable on Overdue Tax; 2.9.2.2 General Interest Charge; 2.9.2.3 Shortfall Interest Charge; 2.10 Tax Evasion; 2.11 Administrative Offences; 2.12 Targeted Anti-avoidance Rules; 2.13 Promoter Penalty Regime; 2.14 Statutory Interpretation; 2.15 Targeted Transactions
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Canada3.1 Canadian Legal System; 3.2 Enacting Tax Laws; 3.3 Administration and Enforcement of Tax Laws; 3.3.1 Overview of the CRA; 3.3.2 The Self Assessment System; 3.3.3 Assessment and Reassessments; 3.3.4 Objections and Appeals; 3.4 General Approach to Statutory Interpretation; 3.5 The Absence of Judicial Activism; 3.5.1 Rejection of a Business Purpose Test; 3.5.2 The REOP Test; 3.5.3 The Reliance on Legal Form and Substance; 3.6 The General Anti-avoidance Rule ("GAAR"); 3.6.1 Interpretation of the GAAR; 3.6.1.1 Tax Benefit; 3.6.1.2 Avoidance Transaction; 3.6.1.3 Abusive Tax Avoidance
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.6.1.4 Is the GAAR Effective?3.7 Tax Shelter and Tax Shelter Investment Rules; 3.7.1 Tax Treaty Abuse; 3.8 Tax Avoidance Reporting Rules -- Draft Section 237.3; 4 The People's Republic of China; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Tax Law as Part of the Broader Legal System; 4.3 Enforcement of Tax Laws; 4.4 Dispute Resolution; 4.5 Tax Avoidance, Tax Evasion and Tax Mitigation; 4.6 GAAR; 4.7 Regulations Concerning Tax Avoidance; 4.8 Penalties for Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion; 4.9 Disclosure Requirements; 4.10 Tax Shelters; 4.11 Reforms; 5 Croatia; 5.1 Legal System; 5.2 Tax Law; 5.3 Tax Avoidance
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.2 Position of Tax Law
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.4 Power to Address Tax Avoidance5.5 GAAR; 5.6 Cross-Border Transactions; 5.7 Penalties; 5.8 Economic Substance; 5.9 Penalties for Tax Advisers; 5.10 Conclusion; 6 France; 6.1 L'introduction; 6.2 Le règne de la règle de droit: les règles spéciales anti-abus; 6.3 La première étape de la marginalisation de la règle juridique: la théorie de l'abus de droit; 6.4 La deuxième étape de la marginalisation de la règle juridique: l'idée de responsabilité sociale des entreprises; 6.5 Faut-il en arriver là?; 7 Germany; 7.1 Legal System; 7.1.1 Basic Structural Principles; 7.1.2 European Union
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400722699
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 269p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Linguistics and Philosophy 88
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. u.d.T. Kaufmann, Magdalena Interpreting imperatives
    RVK:
    Keywords: Semantics ; Linguistics ; Linguistics ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Semantics ; Grammar, Comparative and general ; Imperative ; Modality (Linguistics) ; Semantics ; Aufforderungssatz ; Satzsemantik ; Aufforderungssatz ; Satzsemantik
    Abstract: Imperative clauses are recognized as one of the major clause types alongside those known as declarative and interrogative. Nevertheless, they are still an enigma in the study of meaning, which relies largely on either the concept of truth conditions or the concept of information growth-neither of which are easily applied to imperatives. This book puts forward a fresh perspective. It analyzes imperatives in terms of modalized propositions, and identifies an additional, presuppositional, meaning component that makes an assertive interpretation inappropriate. The author shows how these two elemen
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; 1 Setting the Scene; 1.1 Individuating Imperatives; 1.1.1 Trying a Purely Functional Individuation; 1.1.2 Trying a Purely Formal Individuation; 1.1.3 Imperatives as Clause Types Individuatedby a Form-Function Pair; 1.2 Clause Types and Actual Utterances; 1.3 Semantics or Pragmatics?---Deciding on the Boundaries; 1.4 The Framework; 2 How to Handle Imperatives in Semantics; 2.1 Three Parameters of Classification; 2.1.1 Split and Uniform Representationalism; 2.1.2 Assigning Meaning to Imperatives: Static or Dynamic; 2.1.3 Possible Denotata for Imperatives
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 A Few Recent Approaches to Imperatives2.2.1 Speech Acts as Input to Semantic Computation; 2.2.2 Performative Modals and Non-epistemic Context Change Potentials; 2.2.3 (Ex-)Changing the World; 2.2.4 Imperatives as Updating To-Do Lists; 2.3 Modalized Propositions: Idea and Motivation; 2.3.1 Performative and Descriptive Modal Verbs; 2.3.2 Updates and Speech Acts; 2.3.3 Imperatives and Declaratives on a Par; 3 Imperatives as Graded Modals; 3.1 Modality in Possible Worlds Semantics; 3.1.1 Simple Modality; 3.1.2 Personal and Impersonal Conversational Backgrounds
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1.3 Graded Modality3.2 Imperatives at the Syntax-Semantics Interface; 3.2.1 General Considerations on the Syntactic Make-Up of Imperatives; 3.2.2 Tense, Aspect, and Their Relation to Modality; 3.2.3 Temporal Oppositions in Imperatives; 3.2.4 The Imperative Subject; 3.2.5 Do Imperatives Express Personal Modality?; 3.3 Conclusion; 4 From Modalized Propositions to Speech Acts; 4.1 Contextual Dependence in the Propositional Meaning Components; 4.1.1 Orders, Commands, and Requests; 4.1.2 Prohibitions; 4.1.3 Wishes and Absent Wishes; 4.1.4 Advice
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Constraining the Predictions: The Presuppositional Meaning Component4.2.1 Restrictions Familiar from Modal Verbs; 4.2.2 Authority: Deriving Self-Verification; 4.2.3 Epistemic Uncertainty and the OrderingSource Restriction; 4.2.4 Putting It All Together; 4.3 Some Considerations on Propositionality and Rejections; 5 Possibility Readings; 5.1 Permitting Permissions; 5.1.1 Permission-like Speech Acts; 5.2 Any Troubles?; 5.2.1 Indifference Any-Imperatives; 5.2.2 Subtrigged Necessity Any-Imperatives; 5.2.3 Recapitulating Any-Results; 5.3 For Example-Advice
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3.1 (In)Exhaustive Necessity and Possibility5.3.2 Diamonds Are a Girl's Best Friend; 5.4 Conclusion; 6 Embedding Imperatives; 6.1 Reported Speech and Imperatives from a Cross-Linguistic Perspective; 6.1.1 Indirect Speech, Parentheticals, and Quotations; 6.1.2 Quotative Constructions in Japanese and Malagasy; 6.1.3 Fossilized Constructions in Ancient Greek and Middle High German; 6.1.4 Context Harmony in Old Germanic; 6.1.5 Embedded Imperatives in Modern High German; 6.1.6 Conclusion; 6.2 Conditional Imperatives and Modal Subordination; 6.2.1 A Full Paradigm of CIs
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2.2 CIs and the Modal Operator Analysis of Imperatives
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400722941 , 1283456338 , 9781283456333
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 296p, digital)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Andrews, Neil, 1959 - The three paths of justice
    RVK:
    Keywords: Civil law ; Civil Law ; Comparative law ; Law ; Law ; Civil law ; Comparative law ; Großbritannien ; Zivilprozess ; Schiedsrichterliches Verfahren
    Abstract: This book presents a concise account of the English system of civil litigation, covering court proceedings in England and Wales. It is an original and important study of a system which is the historical root of the US litigation system. The volume offers a comprehensive and properly balanced account of the entire range of dispute resolution techniques. As the first book on this subject to be published in the USA, it enables American lawyers to gain an overview of the main institutions of English Civil Procedure, including mediation and arbitration. It will render the English system of civil ju
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Preface; Contents; 1 Introduction; 1.1 The New Procedural Code (`CPR 1998') and the Woolf Reforms; 1.2 Enduring Features of the English Civil Justice System; 1.3 Changes and Challenges Association with the Civil Procedure Rules (1998); 1.4 Six Phases of English Civil Proceedings; 1.5 Concluding Remarks; 2 Principles of Civil Justice; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Article 6(1), European Convention on Human Rights; 2.3 Other Aspects of European Influence on English Civil Procedure; 2.4 UNIDROIT/American Law Institute Project (2000--2006)
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 Author's First List of Principles: Principles of Civil Procedure (1994)2.6 Author's Second List of Principles: English Civil Procedure (2003); 2.7 A Fresh Start: Four Fundamental Aims of Civil Justice; Regulating Access to Court and to Justice; Ensuring the Fairness of the Process: A Responsibility Shared by the Court and the Parties; Maintaining a Speedy and Efficient Process; Achieving Just and Effective Outcomes; 2.8 Concluding Remarks; 3 First Instance Proceedings; 3.1 Introduction to Accelerated Relief Concerning the Substance of the Claim; 3.2 Interim Payments
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 Interim Injunctions3.4 Default Judgments; 3.5 Preliminary Issues; 3.6 Summary Judgment; 3.7 Striking Out Claims or Defences; 3.8 Disclosure; 3.9 Pre-action Protocols; 3.10 Pre-action Judicial Orders for Disclosure; 3.11 Disclosure Against Non-parties; 3.12 Assessment of Pre-action and Non-party Disclosures; 3.13 Disclosure of Documents During the Main Proceedings; 3.14 Privileges in General; 3.15 Legal Advice Privilege; 3.16 Litigation Privilege; 3.17 Experts; 3.18 Roles of the Court and Experts; 3.19 The `Single, Joint Expert' System; 3.20 Court Assessors; 3.21 Party-Appointed Experts
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.22 Selection and Approval of Party-Appointed Experts3.23 Disclosure of Party-Appointed Expert Reports; 3.24 Discussions Between Party-Appointed Experts; 3.25 Factual Witness Immunity; 3.26 Trial; 3.27 Evidence at Trial; 4 Appeals and Finality; 4.1 Appeals; 4.2 Res Judicata: `Cause of Action Estoppel' and `Issue Estoppel'; 4.3 Preclusion of Points That Should Have Been Raised: The Rule in Henderson v. Henderson (1843); 4.4 Other Aspects of Finality; 5 Costs; 5.1 A Time of Change; 5.2 Costs-Shifting Rule; 5.3 Security for Costs
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3.1 Factors Relevant to the Exercise of the Discretion to Order Security for Costs5.3.2 Claimant Resident Outside England and Outside the Territories of the European Union or the Lugano Convention; 5.3.3 Security for the Costs of an Appeal; 5.4 Protective Costs Orders and Costs Capping; 5.5 Discretionary Costs Decisions; 5.6 Standard and Indemnity Costs; 5.7 Costs Against Non-parties; 5.8 `Wasted Costs' Orders Against Lawyers and Experts; 5.9 Conditional Fee Agreements; 5.10 Assessment of the English Conditional Fee System; 5.11 Comparison with USA Contingency Fees
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.12 The Jackson Report (2009--10)
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400724570 , 1283456427 , 9781283456425
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 268p. 16 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Advances in nature of science research
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Curriculum planning ; Science Study and teaching ; Science ; Study and teaching ; Science ; Philosophy ; Wissenschaft ; Wissenschaftstheorie ; Empirische Forschung ; Naturwissenschaftlicher Unterricht
    Abstract: This book consolidates contemporary thinking and research efforts in teaching and learning about the nature of science in science education. The term 'Nature of Science' (NoS) has appeared in the science education literature for many decades. While there is still a controversy among science educators about what constitutes NoS, educators are unanimous in acknowledging the importance of this topic as well as the need to make it explicit in teaching science. The general consensus is that the nature of science is an intricate and multifaceted theme that requires continued scholarship
    Abstract: This book consolidates contemporary thinking and research efforts in teaching and learning about the nature of science in science education. The term 'Nature of Science' (NoS) has appeared in the science education literature for many decades. While there is still a controversy among science educators about what constitutes NoS, educators are unanimous in acknowledging the importance of this topic as well as the need to make it explicit in teaching science. The general consensus is that the nature of science is an intricate and multifaceted theme that requires continued scholarship. Recent anal
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Conceptual issues in the nature of science research -- pt. 2. Methodological advances in the nature of science research.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400721111 , 1283456176 , 9781283456173
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 180p. 10 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Education in the Asia-Pacific Region: Issues, Concerns and Prospects 15
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Geriatrics ; Adult education ; Education ; Education ; Geriatrics ; Adult education ; Altenbildung
    Abstract: This book is concerned with the general issues of ageing, learning and education for the elderly and then with the more specific issues of why, how and what elders want to learn. This monograph consists of 10 chapters written by various internationally renowned researchers and scholar-practitioners in the field
    Abstract: This book is concerned with the general issues of ageing, learning and education for the elderly and then with the more specific issues of why, how and what elders want to learn. This monograph consists of 10 chapters written by various internationally renowned researchers and scholar-practitioners in the field
    Description / Table of Contents: Active Ageing, ActiveLearning; Series Editors' Introduction; Foreword; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; Reference; Part I:Ageing Issues and Provisions for Learning; Chapter 2: Lifelong Learning, Welfare and Mental Well-being into Older Age: Trends and Policies in Europe; Introduction; The Later Life Course in Context; Well-being and Learning in Later Life; Learning Among Older Adults; References; Chapter 3: Issues in Learning and Education for the Ageing*; Introduction; Issues in Learning and Ageing; Effects of Learning in Ageing; Ageing and Cognitive Processes
    Description / Table of Contents: Older People Can and Do LearnWhy Do Older Adults Want to Learn?; How Do Older People Want to Learn?; Some Opportunities for Learning and Education; Learning and Technology; What Do Older People Want to Learn?; Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Successful Ageing and International Approaches to Later-Life Learning; Introduction; Successful Ageing; Low Risk of Disease and Disease-Related Disability; High Mental and Physical Function; Mental Function; Maintaining High Physical Function; Active Engagement with Life; Maintaining Social Networks; Doing Interesting Things
    Description / Table of Contents: Successful Ageing and Later-Life LearningSome Later-Life Learning Organizations and Successful Ageing; Older People and Novel Communications Technologies; International Cooperation and the Internet; U3A Online; U3A Online and Constituency Research; World U3A; Timewitnesses; Conclusion; Appendix: Some Major Later-Life Learning Initiatives; University of the Third Age (U3A); Two Universities of the Third Age Models (Adapted from Swindell and Thompson 1995); The French Model; The British Self-Help Model; IAUTA; Australia and New Zealand; China; Hong Kong; India; Japan; Nepal; North America
    Description / Table of Contents: Lifelong Learning Institutes (LLIs)Elderhostel; Osher Lifelong Learning Institutes (OLLIs); Republic of South Africa; SACE-U3A Singapore; United Kingdom; U3A in Brief in Some Other Countries; References; Part II:Research Methods on Ageing Issues; Chapter 5: Using Narrative Inquiry and Analysis of Life Stories to Advance Elder Learning; Introduction; Defining Narrative, Narrative Inquiry, and Narrative Analysis; Learning in a Networked Context; Context; Community; Cognitive Reflection; Somatic Reflection; Time; Narrative Learning Model; Narrative Field; Storying and Restorying Experience
    Description / Table of Contents: Differentiating Critical Reflection and Narrative RefractionCreating an Ecology of Learning; Human Learning; Responding to Elder Learning Needs; Foster Lifelong Human Learning and Longevity with Capacity; Act with Greater Intentionality; Support Healthy Living Throughout Life; Reassess Social Economics; Promote Intergenerational Interaction and Learning; Conduct Public Dialogues; Future Challenges; Changing Stagnant Attitudes and Values; Asking Questions, Acting on Findings; References; Chapter 6: Toward Critical Narrativity: Stories of Ageing in Contemporary Social Policy*; Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: Social Policy as Narrative
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400720459
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 175p, digital)
    Series Statement: International Library of Ethics, Law, and the New Medicine 51
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Juth, Niklas, 1973 - The ethics of screening in health care and medicine
    RVK:
    Keywords: Medicine ; medicine Philosophy ; Medical ethics ; Medicine & Public Health ; Medicine ; medicine Philosophy ; Public health ; Medical ethics ; Ethics, Medical ; Mass Screening ethics ; Reihenuntersuchung ; Medizinische Ethik ; Reihenuntersuchung ; Ethik
    Abstract: "Medical or health-oriented screening programs are amongst the most debated aspects of health care and public health practices in health care and public health ethics, as well as health policy discussions. In spite of this, most treatments of screening in the research literature restrict themselves to isolated scientific aspects, sometimes complemented by economic analyses or loose speculations regarding policy aspects. At the same time, recent advances in medical genetics and technology, as well as a rapidly growing societal focus on public health concerns, inspires an increase in suggested or recently started screening programs. This book involves an in-depth analysis of the ethical, political and philosophical issues related to health-oriented screening programs. It explores the considerations that arise when heath care interacts with other societal institutions on a large scale, as is the case with screening: What values may be promoted or compromised by screening programs? What conflicts of values do typically arise - both internally and in relation to the goals of health care, on the one hand, and the goals of public health and the general society, on the other? What aspects of screening are relevant for determining whether it should be undertaken or not and how it should be organised in order to remain defensible? What implications does the ethics of screening have for health care ethics as a whole? These questions are addressed by applying philosophical methods of conceptual analysis, as well as models and theories from moral and political philosophy, medical ethics, and public health ethics, to a large number of ongoing and proposed screening programs which makes this book the first comprehensive work on the ethics of screening. Analyses and suggestions are made that are of potential interest to health care staff, medical researchers, policy makers and the general public"--Provided by publisher
    Abstract: Medical or health-oriented screening programs are amongst the most debated aspects of health care and public health practices in health care and public health ethics, as well as health policy discussions. In spite of this, most treatments of screening in the research literature restrict themselves to isolated scientific aspects, sometimes complemented by economic analyses or loose speculations regarding policy aspects. At the same time, recent advances in medical genetics and technology, as well as a rapidly growing societal focus on public health concerns, inspires an increase in suggested or
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Contents; 1 Introduction; 1.1 The Wilson and Jungner Criteria; 1.2 Plan and Point of the Book; 1.3 The Concept of Screening; 2 Why Screening?; 2.1 Screening, Treatment and Prevention: Preliminary Remarks; 2.2 Health: Life and Well-Being; 2.2.1 Health and Counselling; 2.2.2 The Good of People and of the Population; 2.3 Autonomy; 2.3.1 Respecting and Promoting Autonomy; 2.3.2 Promoting and Respecting Autonomy Through Screening; 2.4 Justice; 2.5 Summary; 3 Screening -- What, When and Whom?; 3.1 Diseases and Groups; 3.1.1 Prenatal Screening; 3.1.2 Neonatal Screening
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1.2.1 Reasons for Screening in the Neonatal Period3.1.2.2 Neonatal Screening and Parental Informed Consent; 3.1.2.3 Expanding Neonatal Screening -- How Far?; 3.1.3 Child and Adolescent Screening; 3.1.3.1 Stigmatisation; 3.1.3.2 The Child as Decision Maker; 3.1.4 Adult Screening; 3.2 Investigation, Testing and Analysis; 3.2.1 Safety; 3.2.2 Validity; 3.2.3 Predictive Value; 3.3 Treatments; 3.3.1 Abortion as a Treatment; 3.3.2 Counselling as a Treatment; 3.4 Summary; 4 Screening How?; 4.1 Informed Consent; 4.2 Counselling; 4.2.1 Genetic Counselling as a Template
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.2 Expansion: Shared Decision Making4.3 Funding and Participation; 4.4 Summary; 5 Case Studies; 5.1 Non-invasive Prenatal Diagnosis; 5.2 Neonatal Screening for Fragile X; 5.3 Mammography Screening; 5.4 PSA Screening for Prostate Cancer; 6 Serving Society or Serving the Patient?; 6.1 Summary of the Analysis so Far; 6.2 The Public Health -- Health Care Tension Area; 6.3 The Relevance of a Social Science Perspective; 6.4 An Institutional Approach to Health-Related Ethics: A Sketch; 6.5 Applying the Institutional Approach: Three Cases
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.5.1 Institutions, Functions and Ethics: Prenatal Care vs. Communicable Disease6.5.2 Direct to Consumer Genetic Testing: The Limits of Context Relativity; 6.5.3 Screening and Justice: When to Spend Health Care Resources on Screening; 6.6 Revisiting the Wilson and Jungner Criteria for Screening; 6.7 Closing; References; Index;
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400722545
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 180p. 3 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 36
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Political science Philosophy ; Economics ; Political science ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Political science Philosophy ; Economics ; Political science
    Abstract: The interaction between corporations and non-governmental organizations (NGOs) has become an important topic in the debate about corporate social responsibility (CSR). Yet, unlike the vast majority of academic work on this topic, this book explicitly focuses on clarifying the role of NGOs, not of corporations, in this context. Based on the notion of NGOs as political actors it argues that NGOs suffer from a multiple legitimacy deficit: they are representatives of civil society without being elected; the legitimacy of the claims they raise is often controversial; and there are often doubts rega
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Summary; Introduction; The Problem; How Do Corporations Choose Their Partner NGO?; Outline and Methodology; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; Part I Getting to the Core; 1 NGOs as Representatives of Public Claims; Defining NGOs; Support from Stakeholder Theory; The Triple Legitimacy Deficit of NGOs; Addressees of NGO Legitimization; A Remark on the Role of NGOs as Experts; Locating NGOs in the CSR Debate; Instrumental CSR; Political CSR; Part II Actors: Civil Society and NGOs in the Postnational Constellation
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 The Postnational Constellation: A Broad Conception of DemocracyExtending the Sphere of Political Action; The Democratic Roles of Civil Society and NGOs in the Postnational Constellation; Three Contexts for NGOs as Representatives of Public Claims; Interaction with Official Political or Economic Institutions; Semi-institutionalized Contexts (''Hybrid Model''); Interaction Outside Institutionalized Contexts (''Wild Model''); Implications of the Degree of Institutionalization for the Political Conceptualization of NGO Action; On the Use of the Term Partner NGO
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Normative Orientation from Political TheoryLiberalism; Deliberative Democracy; Justifying the Selection of Theories: Why Not Communitarianism and Republicanism?; 4 Civil Society: Coming to Grips with an Elusive Term; Historical Uses of the Term "Civil Society"; Facing the Challenge: Assigning Civil Society a Constitutive Role; The Liberal View: Civil Society as a Residual Category?; The Deliberative View: Identifying the Constitutive Core of Civil Society; 5 Insights from Part II; Part III Institutions and Processes: A Normative Framework for Legitimate Partner NGOs; 6 The Public Sphere
    Description / Table of Contents: Importance of the Public SphereLiberal Versus Deliberative Views of the Relation Between the Public Sphere and Civil Society; The Liberal View: Confining the Public Sphere to Constitutional Questions; The Liberal Conceptualization of the Public Sphere in the Postnational Constellation; The Deliberative View: The Public Sphere as a Site for Critical Reflection; The Deliberative Conceptualization of the Public Sphere in the Postnational Constellation; 7 Public Reason; The Importance of "Public Reason" in Light of the "Fact of Reasonable Pluralism"; The Content of Public Reason
    Description / Table of Contents: Implications of Restricting the Content of Public ReasonImplication 1: Divided Selves; Implication 2: Oppression; Implication 3: No Democratic Structures; Criticism of the Liberal Constraints; 8 The Political Process; The Liberal View of the Political Process: Aggregating Preferences and Voting; Is Rawls a Deliberative Democrat?; The Deliberative View of the Political Process: A Non-voting-centric Conception of Democracy; Central Elements of the Deliberative Political Process; Two-Track Model of Deliberative Democracy; Critical Strand of Deliberative Democracy; 9 Legitimacy
    Description / Table of Contents: Liberal Principle of Legitimacy
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400727182
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 180p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: International perspectives on early childhood education and development 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Early childhood grows up
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Kleinkinderziehung ; Vorschulerziehung ; Kleinkinderziehung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Vorschulerziehung ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Once the Cinderella of the education system, early years education has evolved into a much more substantially funded sector with staff experiencing greater opportunities for higher-level training and education as well as increasing demands. This book reflects practitioner debates about fundamental questions such as whether or not their field of work is a profession at all. Two key arguments are presented. The first is that early years education has matured to the point that pedagogical and regulatory frameworks have been introduced and linked to a terminology of professionalism. This has opene
    Abstract: Once the Cinderella of the education system, early years education has evolved into a much more substantially funded sector with staff experiencing greater opportunities for higher-level training and education as well as increasing demands. This book reflects practitioner debates about fundamental questions such as whether or not their field of work is a profession at all. Two key arguments are presented. The first is that early years education has matured to the point that pedagogical and regulatory frameworks have been introduced and linked to a terminology of professionalism. This has opene
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; References; Acknowledgements; Contents; About the Editors; About the Authors; List of Acronyms; Part I Professionalism in Local and Cross-National Contexts: Towards a Critical Ecology of the Profession; 1 Early Childhood Grows Up: Towards a Critical Ecology of the Profession; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Our First Argument: Early Childhood Education Has Grown Up; 1.3 Our Second Argument: Towards a Critical Ecology of the Early Childhood Profession; 1.4 The Framework of the Day in the Life Project; 1.4.1 Who Is the Early Years Professional?
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.4.2 Getting Organised: What We Did and How We Did It1.4.3 Choosing Case Study Research; 1.4.4 Working as a Learning Community; 1.4.5 Capturing the Practitioner's Day; 1.4.6 Presenting the Case Studies: Singularities Versus Generalisations; 1.5 Concluding Thoughts; References; 2 Relationships, Reflexivity and Renewal: Professional Practice in Action in an Australian Children's Centre; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Understanding and Defining the Field of Early Childhood in Australia; 2.2.1 Purposes of Early Childhood Provision: Care and/or Education?; 2.2.2 Regulating Quality; 2.2.3 Curriculum
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3 The Case Study Site2.3.1 Overview; 2.3.2 Setting the Scene: Context and Staffing; 2.3.3 Profiling the Practitioner; 2.3.4 The Structure of Josie's Day; 2.3.5 Curriculum and Pedagogical Approaches; 2.3.6 Stepping Up to the Role of the Educator; 2.3.7 Being Professional -- Critical Self-Reflection and Ongoing Professional Learning; 2.4 Relationships, Reflexivity and Renewal; 2.4.1 Professionalism in Context; 2.5 Concluding Comments; References; 3 Leading and Managing in an Early Years Setting in England; 3.1 Recent Developments: An Overview; 3.1.1 Background; 3.1.2 Early Years Provision
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1.3 The Early Years Curriculum3.1.4 The Early Years Workforce; 3.2 The Day in the Life Project in England; 3.2.1 The Setting; 3.2.2 The Practitioner: Julie; 3.2.3 Julie's Day; 3.2.4 Narrative Account of Julie's Day; 3.2.4.1 Situation 1: In the Office; 3.2.4.2 Situation 2: Group Story Reading; 3.2.4.3 Situation 3: Meeting with the Pre-school Teacher; 3.2.4.4 Situation 5: Meeting with the Senior Management Team; 3.2.4.5 Situation 9: Meeting with a Parent; 3.2.4.6 Situation 13: Discussion with a Key Worker; 3.2.4.7 Situation 14: Outdoor Play
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.4.8 Situation 15: Meeting with the Financial Director3.3 Discussion; 3.3.1 Managing and Leading; 3.3.2 Acting as a Professional; 3.3.3 Perspectives on Professionalism; 3.4 Summary; References; 4 Acting as a Professional in a Finnish Early Childhood Education Context; 4.1 The Finnish Macro-level Context for Professionalism in Early Childhood Education; 4.1.1 Organisation and Funding of Services; 4.1.2 Professional Development; 4.1.3 Multi-professional Working; 4.1.4 Curriculum Guidelines; 4.1.5 The Micro-level Context of the Practitioner
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1.6 What Is Happening During the Typical Day of the Practitioner?
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    ISBN: 9789400715097 , 1283453401 , 9781283453400
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 212p. 3 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Contributions To Phenomenology 64
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Aesthetics ; Phenomenology ; Political science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Aesthetics ; Phenomenology ; Political science Philosophy ; Ästhetisches Verhalten
    Abstract: "Critical Communities and Aesthetic Practices" brings together eminent international philosophers to discuss the inter-dependence of critical communities and aesthetic practices. Their contributions share a hermeneutical commitment to dialogue, both as a model for critique and as a generator of community. Two conclusions emerge: The first is that one's relationships with others will always be central in determining the social, political, and artistic forms that philosophical self-reflection will take. The second is that our practices of aesthetic judgment are bound up with our effort
    Abstract: "Critical Communities and Aesthetic Practices" brings together eminent international philosophers to discuss the inter-dependence of critical communities and aesthetic practices. Their contributions share a hermeneutical commitment to dialogue, both as a model for critique and as a generator of community. Two conclusions emerge: The first is that one's relationships with others will always be central in determining the social, political, and artistic forms that philosophical self-reflection will take. The second is that our practices of aesthetic judgment are bound up with our effort
    Description / Table of Contents: Critical Communities and Aesthetic Practices; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction : Critical Communities and Aesthetic Practices; Part I: Hermeneutics and Aesthetic Practices: Art, Ritual, Interpretation; Chapter 2: Reflections on the Hermeneutics of Creative Acts; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Back to the Origin; 2.3 Kant, Romanticism and Genius; Chapter 3: In Between Word and Image: Philosophical Hermeneutics, Aesthetics and the Inescapable Heritage of Kant; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The Ambiguous Image; 3.3 Openness and In Completeness; 3.4 The Instability of Aesthetic Understanding
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5 In Between Word and Image3.6 The Need for Interpretation; 3.7 Conclusion: Philosophical Hermeneutics and Kant's Inescapable Heritage; Chapter 4: Merleau-Ponty on Cultural Schemas and Childhood Drawing; 4.1 Introduction: Tony O'Connor and Merleau-Ponty; 4.1.1 Childhood Art; 4.2 Conclusion: Cultural Spaces; References; Chapter 5: Art and Edge: Preliminary Reflections; 5.1; 5.2; 5.3; 5.4; 5.5; Chapter 6: From Reflection to Refraction: On Bordwell's Cinema and the Viewing Event; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Bordwell on Classical Cinema: Hurray for Hollywood; 6.3 From Reflection to Refraction
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.4 Conclusion: Towards the Viewing EventChapter 7: A Note on Hölderlin-Translation; Chapter 8: Violence and Splendor: At the Limits of Hermeneutics; Part II: Critical Communities and Aesthetic Subjects: Ethics, Politics, Action; Chapter 9: Community Beyond Instrumental Reason: The Idea of Donation in Deleuze and Lyotard; 9.1 "197.5"; 9.1.1 La volonté du Ciel soit faite en toute chose; 9.2 Points, Lines and Process; 9.3 Withdrawal and Donation; Chapter 10: The Political Horizon of Merleau-Ponty's Ontology; 10.1 Means; 10.2 Motive; 10.3 Opportunity
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 11: Derrida's Specters: Futurity, Finitude, Forgetting11.1 Specters of Marx; 11.2 Debt, Gift and Economy; 11.3 Further Remains; Chapter 12: The Political and Ethical Significance of Waiting: Heidegger and the Legacy of Thinking; 12.1; 12.2; 12.3; Chapter 13: Othering; Part III: Aesthetic Practice and Critical Community: Friendship; Chapter 14: Otogogy , or Friendship, Teaching and the Ear of the Other; 14.1 Teaching, Friendship, Responsibility; 14.2 Otogogy; Chapter 15: Kantian Friendship; Chapter 16: Just Friends: The Ethics of (Postmodern) Relationships
    Description / Table of Contents: 16.1 Justice Without Friendship16.2 Friendship Without Justice; 16.3 The Justice of Friendships; 16.3.1 Modern Friends - With Justice and Liberty for All ( vielleicht / peut-être /maybe); 16.3.2 The Justice of Postmodern Friendships; Chapter 17: The Art of Friendship; 17.1; 17.2; Tony O'Connor Biography; Email Addresses (In Alphabetical Order); Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400720930 , 1283456516 , 9004222472 , 9781283456517 , 9789004222472
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 253p. 7 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: International Archives of the History of Ideas / Archives internationales d'histoire des idées 205
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Emilie du Châtelet between Leibniz and Newton
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Humanities ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Humanities ; œaPhilosophy (General) ; œaHumanities ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Du Châtelet, Gabrielle Émilie Le Tonnelier de Breteuil 1705-1749 ; Naturphilosophie ; Du Châtelet, Gabrielle Émilie Le Tonnelier de Breteuil 1705-1749
    Abstract: Emilie du Chatelet was one of the most influential woman philosophers of the Enlightenment. Her writings on natural philosophy, physics, and mechanics had a decisive impact on important scientific debates of the 18th century. Particularly, she took an innovative and outstanding position in the controversy between Newton and Leibniz, one of the fundamental scientific discourses of that time. The contributions in this volume focus on this "Leibnitian turn". They analyze the nature and motivation of Emilie du Chatelet's synthesis of Newtonian and Leibnitian philosophy. Apart from the In
    Description / Table of Contents: Emilie du Châtelet between Leibniz and Newton; Acknowledgements; Editor's Introduction; Contents; List of Abbreviations; Emilie du Châtelet Between Leibniz and Newton: The Transformation of Metaphysics; Who Was Emilie du Châtelet?; Striving for a Metaphysics of Science; Becoming a Philosopher; In the Center of the Debate; Critisizing Locke; Scholastic Voidness; Hypotheses; How to Make Good Hypotheses; Consequences and the Case of Probability; Science as a Process; An Open System; Numbers and Hypotheses; Advocates and Adversaries; Defending Metaphysics; Preferability of Laws; Free Will
    Description / Table of Contents: Elastic and Solid BodiesThe 'Principle of Least Action' and the Fight Over Metaphysics; What Does Julien Offray de La Mettrie Have to Do with Du Châtelet's Metaphysics?; Thinking Matter and être simple; Disaster in Berlin; Emilie du Châtelet and the Transformation of Metaphysics; References; In the Spirit of Leibniz - Two Approaches from 1742; Maupertuis' Lettre sur la comète; Emilie du Châtelet's Institutions de Physique; Principles in Natural Philosophy; A Detour into Physics; Conclusion; References; Between Newton and Leibniz: Emilie du Châtelet and Samuel Clarke
    Description / Table of Contents: Background to InstitutionsSamuel Clarke; The Leibniz-Clarke Debate; Emilie du Châtelet's Knowledge of Clarke; Institutions de Physique and the Leibniz-Clarke Debate; Reconciling Leibniz and Newton: forces vives; Conclusion; References; "Sancti Bernoulli orate pro nobis". Emilie du Châtelet's Rediscovered Essai sur l'optique and Her Relation to the Mathematicians from Basel; References; Leonhard Euler and Emilie du Châtelet. On the Post-Newtonian Development of Mechanics; Introduction; Common and Different Principles in Euler and Du Châtelet; The Legacy of Descartes, Newton and Leibniz
    Description / Table of Contents: From Inherent and Impressed Forces to Internal and External PrinciplesEuler's and Du Châtelet's Interpretation of Newton's Axioms; Euler's Mechanica and Du Châtelet's Institutions; Methods: Hypotheses, Models and the Calculus; Hypotheses and Models; Forces Interpreted as Magnitudes in the Frame of the Calculus; Bodies and Forces; Time and Space; Place Defined Either as a Relation of Coexisting Things or Occupied by a Body; Du Châtelet: Extension Is Independent of Forces. Euler Impenetrability Is Independent of Forces; Du Châtelet on Dead and Living Forces
    Description / Table of Contents: Relative Motion in Euler and Du ChâteletModels of Relative Motion; Du Châtelet. Motion as Illusion. Kästner's "Spitzfindigkeiten"; Euler's Early Relativistic Theory; Summary; References; Leibniz's Quantity of Force: A 'Heresy'? Emilie du Châtelet's Institutions in the Context of the Vis Viva Controversy; The Vis Viva Controversy; Emilie du Châtelet's Programme; From the Vis Viva Controversy to the Principle of Least Action; Conclusion; References; From Translation to Philosophical Discourse - Emilie du Châtelet's Commentaries on Newton and Leibniz*; Two Theories of Equal Value
    Description / Table of Contents: Newton's System of the World
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789048190201
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. 2011 Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Studies in Global Justice 8
    Parallel Title: Print version The New Faces of Victimhood
    DDC: 364
    Keywords: Law ; Law Philosophy ; Political science ; Sociology ; Law Psychological aspects
    Abstract: Globalization is changing the victimological agenda by generating new types of victims, raising awareness of global responsibilities for their protection and eroding the capacity of states to offer it. Examples are victims of transnational organised crime including human trafficking, victims of cyber crimes, terrorism and cross-border environmental crimes. The concept of human security has been introduced as an analytical tool to understand how growing international interdependencies produce a need to protect new categories of victims regardless of national borders. Whereas the concept of national security focuses at threats to the sovereignty of the national state, human security looks at threats to the sovereignty of individuals. In this context, the individual human being is not just defined in terms of vulnerabilities, but also of strengths and capabilities to act as agents of change (victim empowerment). New international arrangements to protect victims in the emerging global arena are under development. Several international treaties have been elaborated in recent years to address the new global security threats. Modern concepts about victim involvement from national criminal law have been transposed into new international criminal law. In many of the treaties, victims of crime have been given procedural rights, transposed from national criminal law (eg. the UN Convention on Transnational Organised Crime and its three protocols have incorporated several elements of the UN Victims Declaration of 1985). It remains to be seen how these individual or collective rights will work out in practice in trials against maffiatype organisations or companies engaging in corrupt practices. Developments at the global or UN level are replicated at the level of the European Union. Although the development of European criminal law is resisted by many member states, there are incremental trends nevertheless. The European Council's framework decisions on human trafficking and on victim rights and the directive on state compensation for victims of violent crime are important instances of victim protection in the framework of EU-based criminal law. The further development of such EU legislation on crime victims as well as its implementation can illustrate how state formation at the European level impacts on victim issues. A related recent trend is the growing attention for international humanitarian law and specifically for the procedural role of victims therein, eg. the inclusion of an elaborate set of victim rights in the Statute of the International Criminal Court. This set of rights stands in stark contrast to the exclusion of the victim in the Neurenberg en Tokyo trials. It can be understood as the fruit of growing awareness of the responsibility of the world community for the protection of private besides collective interests against state violence regardless of national borders. It remains to be seen how these transposed rights, such as the right of reparation, will work out in the setting of the International Criminal Court and whether they will strengthen or weaken prosecution by the new, fledging international structures. A third implication of globalisation is the emergence of arrangements for liability for environmental damage across borders. Recent attention for the responsibility of Dutch companies and authorities for environmental damage caused in Africa by cargo departing from the Amsterdam port illustrates the emerging of new types of victims in the international legal arena. Still largely unchartered territory are the victimological dimensions of cyberspace, perhaps the most radical manifestation of globalisation. The weak roles of traditional national states as well as international structures in cyberspace may explain the absence of a discourse on victim protection in this domain so far but such discourse seems long overdue. The internationalisation of criminal law is in full swing and the emergence of rights and entitlements of victims in international criminal law treaties on crime, corruption and terrorism and in supranational settings such as the International Criminal Court, merits academic reflection. Equally topical seems reflection on the role of victims in international environmental law. Finally, there is an obvious gap in victim protection in cyberspace that calls for critical exposure and debates about remedies from state-of-the-art state authorities or public- private- partnerships. The leading theme of a collection of papers from Intervict researchers will be the relationship between processes of globalisation, emerging threats to human security and the development of new national and international arrangements to protect and empower victims.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Authors; Part I Introductions and Overviews; 1 New Faces of Victimhood: Reflections on the Unjust Sides of Globalization; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Defining Globalization; 1.3 International Criminal Law, Human Security and Global Justice; 1.4 Outline; 2 Global Governance and Global Crime Do Victims Fall in Between; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Analysis of Victims Rights Instruments; 2.2.1 General Victims' Rights Instruments; 2.2.1.1 United Nations; 2.2.1.2 Implementation; 2.2.1.3 The European Union and the Council of Europe; 2.2.1.4 Implementation
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2.1.5 Changes After the Adoption of the Lisbon Treaty2.2.2 Compensation to Crime Victims; 2.2.2.1 Implementation; 2.2.3 Specific Instruments: Victims of International Crimes; 2.2.4 Victims at the International Criminal Court; 2.2.5 Victims of Trafficking in Human Beings and Other Forms of Organized Crime; 2.2.6 Victims of Terrorism; 2.2.6.1 Implementation; 2.3 From Multi-Level Governance to Multi-Level Implementation; 2.4 Concluding Observations; 3 Human Security and the Emergence of a Global Conscience; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 A New Cosmopolitanism; 3.3 Global Fear and Concern for the Self
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4 Global Empathy and the Concern for the Other3.5 Human Development; 3.6 Human Security; 3.7 Human Security and Cosmopolitanism; 3.8 Differenzierungsverlust; 3.9 The Importance of an Index; 3.10 Back to New Cosmopolitanism; 3.10.1 Development and Security Are Coming Together; 3.10.2 The North-South Divide Is Challenged; 3.11 New Challenges; 3.12 In Conclusion; Part II Victims of Transnational Crimes; 4 Trafficking for Sexual Purposes as a Globalized Shadow Economy: Human Security as the Tool to Facilitate a Human Rights Based Approach; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Globalization and Trafficking
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.1 Globalization and Migration4.2.2 Migration and THB; 4.2.3 Feminization of Migration and Gendered Vulnerability to Victimization by Trafficking; 4.2.4 Victims of Trafficking: Identifying Victims' Needs and Stereotyping; 4.2.5 Impact of Dominant Legal Responses to Combating Trafficking; 4.3 Human Rights Obligations in Relation to THB; 4.3.1 The Human Rights Framework in Relation to THB; 4.3.2 State Obligations Based on Human Rights in Relation to THB; 4.3.2.1 The Obligation of Due Diligence; 4.3.2.2 The Obligations to Protect and Assist Victims and to Address the Root Causes of THB
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3.3 Limitations of a Human Rights Based Approach to THB4.4 Legal Protection and Psycho-Social Assistance of Victims of Trafficking in Human Beings; 4.4.1 Current Legal Provisions for Victim Protection and Assistance; 4.4.2 A Victim Assistance and Protection Package (VAPP) for THB Victims; 4.5 Human Rights and the Use of Human Security as an Instrument to Identify the Needs of Victims of Trafficking; 4.6 Conclusion; 5 Transnational Organized Crime, Civil Society and Victim Empowerment; 5.1 Introductory Remarks; 5.2 Organized Crime as Security Threat
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3 Organized Crime and the Lack of Victim-Based Legitimacy
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789048126057
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Series Statement: Innovation and Change in Professional Education 5
    DDC: 305.553
    Keywords: Education ; Curriculum planning
    Abstract: What are the future possibilities for the standing of professional practice as it faces growingly problematic markets for services, complex demands for managerial accountability and control, and problematic circumstances and expectations in its ethical and self-regulative governance? New sources of inspiration may be needed if professionalism is to be either a viable or desirable form for the social organisation of work in the coming years of potentially deep economic and social change. Set in the UK, South Africa, Australia and the USA, the empirical studies included elaborate problematic sit
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Authors; 1 Challenging Professionalism; 2 On the Relationship Between Problem-Solving Skills and Professional Practice; 3 A Lens on Literacy: Workplace Competence and Professional Practice; 4 Revisiting Informal and Incidental Learning as a Vehicle for Professional Learning and Development; 5 Making It Safe: The Effects of Leader Inclusiveness and Professional Status on Psychological Safety and Improvement Efforts in Health Care Teams; 6 Making Sense of Curriculum Innovation and Mathematics Teacher Identity
    Description / Table of Contents: 7 Working with Learner Contributions: A Key Dimension of Professional Practice8 What Is Professional Practice? Recognising and Respecting Diversity in Understandings of Practice; 9 An Approach to Notions of Subject Position and Discourse in Activity Theory; 10 Studies in the Theory and Practice of Professionalism:Ways Forward; Name Index; Subject Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400703117
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 204p, digital)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science 277
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    DDC: 501
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Chemistry, Physical organic ; Science Philosophy ; Thermodynamics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Chemistry, Physical organic ; Science Philosophy ; Thermodynamics
    Abstract: The volume raises attention to the need of a completely new approach to breast cancer based on the knowledge collected on early breast cancer in the past two decades. The chapters are contributed by experts of all the fields participating in the clinical research and care of breast cancer. The practical importance of such a book is underlined by the increasing number of breast cancer cases, and also the increasing proportion of early stage-cases. The ultimate goal of the book is to point to the heterogeneous nature of the disease which is more striking and has more importance in care at the very early stages than at the more advanced stages. The book recommends the utilization of all the information provided by multimodality imaging and special pathological methods, a new classification system and therapeutic guidelines since early breast cancers should not be treated based on experience obtained with palpable tumors. No similar book has been yet released to the market. The book is written for all the members of the team participating in the diagnosis and treatment of breast cancer (radiologists, pathologists, surgeons, clinical and radiation oncologists), but may be useful for medical students and residents too. The chapters are illustrated with didactic pictures, and special emphasis is given to provide a peep into the practice of the special procedures for the careful examination and individualized therapy of each case.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Study of the thermodynamic works of J. Willard Gibbs (1887) -- pt. 2. Commentary on the principles of thermodynamics : the principle of the conservation of energy (1892) -- pt. 3. Commentary on the principles of thermodynamics : the principle of Sadi Carnot and R. Clausius (1893) -- pt. 4. Commentary on the principles of thermodynamics : the general equations of thermodynamics (1894).
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400712751
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 171p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Educational Leadership 13
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    DDC: 371.2
    Keywords: Educational psychology ; Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Educational psychology
    Abstract: Since a couple of decades, the notion of a precautionary principle plays a central and increasingly influential role in international as well as national policy and regulation regarding the environment and the use of technology. Urging society to take action in the face of potential risks of human activities in these areas, the recent focus on climate change has further sharpened the importance of this idea. However, the idea of a precautionary principle has also been problematised and criticised by scientists, scholars and policy activists, and been accused of almost every intellectual sin imaginable: unclarity, impracticality, arbitrariness and moral as well as political unsoundness. In that light, the very idea of precaution as an ideal for policy making rather comes out as a derad end. On the basis of these contrasting starting points, Christian Munthe undertakes an innovative, in-depth philosophical analysis of what the idea of a precautionary principle is and should be about. A novel theory of the ethics of imposing risks is developed and used as a foundation for defending the idea of precaution in environmental and technological policy making against its critics, while at the same time avoiding a number of identified flaws. The theory is shown to have far-reaching practical conclusions for areas such as bio-, information- and nuclear technology, and global environmental policy in areas such as climate change. The author argues that, while the price we pay for precaution must not be too high, we have to be prepared to pay it in order to act ethically defensible. A number of practical suggestions for precautionary regulation and policy making are made on the basis of this, and some challenges to basic ethical theory as well as consumerist societies, the global political order and liberal democracy are identified.
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; About the Authors; Chapter 1; Chapter 2; Chapter 3; Chapter 4; Chapter 5; Planning for Succession: Considerations and Implications for Educational Policy; Chapter 6; Chapter 7; Chapter 8; Chapter 9; Chapter 10; Epilogue; Index;
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400712881
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 200p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Argumentation Library 19
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Cramer, Peter, 1910 - 2003 Controversy as news discourse
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Applied linguistics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Applied linguistics ; Diskurstheorie ; Dialog
    Abstract: This book presents a constitutive approach to controversy based on a discourse analysis of news texts, focusing on the role of journalists as participants who shape public controversy for readers. Drawing data from the Reuters Corpus, the project identifies formulas that journalists use in reporting controversy and draws conclusions about how these serve professional and textual functions and how they shape public controversy as a natural, historical, and pragmatic event. While the traditions of dialectic and rhetoric have focused on the prescriptive aim of training participants to resolve con
    Description / Table of Contents: Controversy as News Discourse; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction: Where Is Controversy?; 1.1 The Glen Mills Mystery; 1.2 The Classical Controversiae; 1.3 News as a Venue of Public Controversy; 1.4 A Constitutive Approach to Controversy; 1.5 Events in News Discourse; 1.6 News Discourse Data; 1.7 Chapter Outline; Chapter 2: Controversies and Texts; 2.1 Descriptive and Normative Aims of the Discourse Arts; 2.2 Journalist as Participant; 2.3 Supportive, Distortive, and Constitutive Attitudes; 2.4 Propagatio: The First Draft of History
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 Controversies and Discourse in ParticularChapter 3: Genres of Controversy: The Philosophical Dialogue and the News Article; 3.1 Argument Criticism and the Problem of Jurisdiction; 3.2 The Dialogue Model in the Discourse Arts; 3.3 Writing Dialogue; 3.4 Philosophical Dialogue as a Genre; 3.5 News Discourse and the Discourse Arts; 3.6 The News Article Genre; 3.7 The Objectivity Norm in Journalism; 3.8 News Values; 3.9 Balance; Chapter 4: Controversy as an Event Category; 4.1 Event Categories; 4.2 Formulas; 4.3 Controversy Formulas; 4.4 Natural Phenomenon; 4.5 Historical Event
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.6 Pragmatic Event4.7 The Busang Case; 4.8 The Clinton Campaign Financing Case; Chapter 5: Reporting Controversy in Constructed Dialogue; 5.1 Topicalizing Controversy; 5.2 Narrated Participants; 5.3 Profiles; 5.4 Witness Citations; 5.5 Interlocutor Citations; 5.6 Address Citations; 5.7 Irrealis Citations; 5.8 Profiles in Controversy Stories; 5.9 Engaged Dialogue Formula: Cargo Air; 5.10 Irrealis Dialogue Formula: Pope; 5.11 Antistasis Dialogue Formula: Westwood; Chapter 6: Locations of Controversy; 6.1 The Narrated Event as a Controversy Location
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 The Reading Situation as a Controversy LocationBibliography; Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    ISBN: 9789400715066
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVI, 118p, digital)
    Series Statement: Law and Philosophy Library 95
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Interpretation of law in the Age of Enlightenment
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Law Philosophy ; Law History ; Regional planning ; Political science ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Law Philosophy ; Law History ; Regional planning ; Political science ; Law ; Interpretation and construction ; History ; 18th century ; Judicial process ; Europe ; History ; 18th century ; Rechtsphilosophie ; Geschichte
    Abstract: This is a collaboration of leading historians of European law and philosophers of law and politics identifying and explaining the practice of interpretation of law in the 18th century. The goal: establishing the actual practice in the Age of Enlightenment, and explaining why this was the case. The ideology of the Age was that law, i.e., the will of the sovereign, can be explicitly and appropriately stated, thus making interpretation redundant. However, the reality was that in the 18th century, there was no one leading source of national law that would be the object of interpretation. Instead
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Introduction -- pt. 2. The case of France -- pt. 3. The case of Germany -- pt. 4. The nature of legal interpretation -- pt. 5. Concluding remarks.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400713307
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: The International Library of Ethics, Law and Technology 6
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Munthe, Christian The price of precaution and the ethics of risk
    DDC: 302.12
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Environmental sciences ; Environmental law ; Political science
    Abstract: This international rigorously peer-reviewed volume critically synthesizes current knowledge in forest hydrology and biogeochemistry. It is a one-stop comprehensive reference tool for researchers and practitioners in the fields of hydrology, biogeoscience, ecology, forestry, boundary-layer meteorology, and geography. Following an introductory chapter tracing the historical roots of the subject, the book is divided into the following main sections: ·        Sampling and Novel Approaches ·        Forest Hydrology and Biogeochemistry by Ecoregion and Forest Type ·        Hydrologic and Biogeochemical Fluxes from the Canopy to the Phreatic Surface ·        Hydrologic and Biogeochemical Fluxes in Forest Ecosystems: Effects of Time, Stressors, and Humans The volume concludes with a final chapter that reflects on the current state of knowledge and identifies some areas in need of further research.
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Contents; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Background; 1.2 Aim, Plan and Basis; References; 2 Dimensions of Precaution; 2.1 Values, Levels and Time-Horizons; 2.2 May Bring Great Harm; 2.3 Show; 2.4 Risk; 2.5 Too Serious; 2.6 Summing Up; References; 3 Precaution and Rationality; 3.1 Rational Action - the Standard View; 3.2 Rational Precaution; 3.3 From Rationality to Morality; References; 4 Ethics and Risks; 4.1 Traditional Criteria of Rightness; 4.2 The Virtue of Precaution; 4.3 Abandoning Factualism; References; 5 The Morality of Imposing Risks; 5.1 Basic Structure
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2 The Problem of Guidance5.3 Basic Intuitions About Responsibility; 5.4 Areas of Precaution; 5.5 The Weight of Evil; 5.6 Problems with Relative Progressiveness; 5.7 Summing Up; References; 6 Practical Applications; 6.1 General Cases; 6.2 Hard Cases; 6.3 Policy; 6.4 Big Questions; References; Index;
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    ISBN: 9789400709102
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 732p. 150 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: International Perspectives on the Teaching and Learning of Mathematical Modelling 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Trends in teaching and learning of mathematical modelling
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.: Trends in teaching and learning of mathematical modelling
    Keywords: Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics
    Abstract: This book contains suggestions for and reflections on the teaching, learning and assessing of mathematical modelling and applications in a rapidly changing world, including teaching and learning environments. It addresses all levels of education from universities and technical colleges to secondary and primary schools. Sponsored by the International Community of Teachers of Mathematical Modelling and Applications (ICTMA), it reflects recent ideas and methods contributed by specialists from 30 countries in Africa, the Americas, Asia, Australia and Europe. Inspired by contributions to the Fourte
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Modelling from primary to upper secondary school : findings of empirical research -- pt. 2. Looking deeper into modelling processes : studies with a cognitive perspective -- pt. 3. Mathematical modelling in teacher education -- pt. 4. Using technologies : new possibilities of teaching and learning modelling -- pt. 5. Modelling competency : teaching, learning and assessing competencies -- pt. 6. Modelling in tertiary education -- pt. 7. Modelling examples and modelling projects : concrete cases -- pt. 8. Theoretical and curricular reflections on mathematical modelling.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789048188673
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIII, 543p, digital)
    Series Statement: International Library of Ethics, Law, and the New Medicine 47
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Maier, Barbara, 1957 - The philosophy and practice of medicine and bioethics
    RVK:
    Keywords: Medicine ; Medicine & Public Health ; Medical ethics ; Medicine ; Medical ethics ; Medicine ; Philosophy ; Medicine ; Practice ; Medical ethics ; Bioethics ; Medizin ; Methode ; Philosophie ; Medizinische Ethik ; Bioethik
    Abstract: Rationale of the book -- About the Authors -- 1. Metaphor in Medicine. The Metaphorical Method -- 2. Definition -- 3. Decision Making: fallacies and other mistakes -- 4. Analysis of Causation in Medicine -- 5. Ethics and Non-Ethics -- 6. Medicotheology and Biotheology -- 7. Emotion in Medicine -- 8. Enlightened Versus Normative Management. Ethics Versus Morals. -- 9. Care: A Critique of the Ethics and Emotion of Care -- 10. Egoism and Altruism in Medicine -- 11. Letting Die -- 12. A Critique of Autonomy and Patient Responsibility -- 13. Philosophy and Ethics of the Body -- 14. Organ Donation: Mandatory Organ Donation Declaration -- 15. Stem Cell Research: A Question of Beliefs? -- 16. Philosophy of Prevention -- 17. Ethics Counseling: Philosophy of Medicine Counseling Instead of Medical Ethics Counseling -- 18. Medical Language: The Ordinary Language Approach -- 19. A Critique of Evidence-Based Medicine. Evidence Based Medicine and Philosophy Based Medicine -- 20. Lying in Medicine -- 21. Rhetoric of Death and Dying -- Index
    Abstract: This book explores currently unchallenged methods in medicine, such as “evidence-based medicine”, from the perspectives of humanism and philosophy of medicine. The book discusses issues of medical treatment and moral approaches and indicates the strongest arguments. These arguments are subsequently subjected to critical analysis. The book includes new ways of thinking and explains, uses and exemplifies the “metaphorical method”. The book argues that decision-making in medicine is inadequate unless grounded on a philosophy of medicine. As part of its argumentation, the book explores the insights offered by practical and humanistic philosophy and by creative and critical thinkers who are working on topics relevant to medicine. From this, a new and necessary definition of philosophy of life emerges: a good lifestyle no longer simply means getting physical exercise and abstaining from cigarettes and alcohol; it also means living a holistic life including all of one’s thinking, personality and actions
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789048191901
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 212p, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy and Medicine 997
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Clinical ethics and the necessity of stories
    Keywords: Medicine ; Medicine & Public Health ; Medical ethics ; Medicine ; Medical ethics ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Medizinische Ethik
    Abstract: This collection of articles honors the work of Richard Zaner, a distinguished philosopher who has worked for over twenty years as an ethics consultant at Vanderbilt University Medical Center. His work in the clinical setting, especially the use of narrative in understanding what is going on in this setting, is the focus of some of the papers. Others relate his methodology and phenomenological approach to the more standard bioethical problems and approaches. The essential questions: What is the role of the phenomenological philosopher turned medical ethicist? Is medical ethics a form of applied philosophy, or is it also a form of therapy? What kind of “ethics” emerges from a careful narrative rendering of clinical situations?
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Contributors; 1 Introduction; 1 Professional Career; 2 Zaners Books; 3 The Contributions to this Volume; References; 2 Keeping Balance in the Face of Death; Notes; 3 Richard Zaner on Transcendentality, Eidos and Phantasy; 1 Introduction; 2 Transcendentality in The Context of Self; 2.1 The Two Tasks Mandated by the Idea of Transcendental Necessity; 2.2 Foundedness; 2.3 Eidetic Inquiry: Free Phantasy Variation and Essences; 2.3.1 Initial Comments on Free Phantasy Variation; 2.3.2 Free Optionalness; 2.3.3 Formal and Material Universals
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4 Reflections on Free Phantasy Variation and Its Usefulness2.5 Some Intermediate Conclusions; 3 The Legitimating of Epistemic Claims; 4 Transcendentality in The Way of Phenomenology; 4.1 The Multi-leveled Self; 4.2 The Knowing Self or the Self that Knows Self; 4.3 The First Epistemic Privilege of the Transcendental Attitude; 4.4 The Second Epistemic Privilege of the Transcendental Attitude; 4.5 Coherence of the Field of Reflection; 5 Conclusion; References; 4 The Limits of Biomedical Ethics and the Specific Role of Phenomenology in Biomedical Ethics
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Limits of the Project of Biomedical Ethics as a Philosophical Project2 Phenomenological Approaches to Biomedical Ethics; Notes; References; 5 Richard Zaner and Standard Medical Ethics; 1 Resolution in Clinical Ethics; 2 Justification by Principles in Medical Ethics; 3 Specified Principles in a Pluralistic Society; 4 Moral Acquaintances as a Solution to this Problem; 5 The Extent of Moral Acquaintanceships; 6 Zaners Insights as a Solution; 7 Conclusion; Notes; References; 6 Bioethics Without Analogy; 1 Analogy at Its Asymptote; 2 Analogy in Service
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 The Dispositive Analogy in American Bioethics3.1 The End-of-Life Fights; 3.2 Reproductive Wrongs; 3.3 Role Revisions; 3.4 Role Denials; 3.5 Entrainment of Bioethical Reasoning; 4 Theories and Fiction; 5 Encountering the Encounter; Notes; References; 7 Phenomenological Nursing in Schutzian Perspective; 1 Introduction; 2 The Schutzian Perspective in General; 3 Two Examples of Phenomenological Nursing; Notes; References; 8 Zaners Generative Spirit; 1 Generative Interpretation; 2 Caring Presence; 2.1 Vivid Presence; 2.2 Co-presence; 2.3 Availability and Empowerment; 3 Use of Concrete Examples
    Description / Table of Contents: References9 Integrity and the Moral Gestalt: Zaner Tells his Mothers Story; 1 Integrity; 2 Phenomenological Method in Clinical Ethics; 3 Telling Stories of His Mothers Death; 4 Themes in the Narratives; 5 Richard Zaners Legacy; References; 10 Between and Beyond: Medicine and Narrative in Dick Zaners Phenomenology; 1 Introduction; 1.1 The Way of Phenomenology; 1.2 The Context of Self; 2 Hans Jonas and the Phenomenon of Life; 3 Aron Gurwitsch and the Theory of Contextures; 3.1 Paul Ricoeur's Philosophy of Hermeneutics; 3.1.1 Free-Phantasy Variation; 3.1.2 Conversations on the Edge; Notes
    Description / Table of Contents: References
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , 1. Introduction , 2. Keeping balance in the face of death , 3. Richard Zaner on transcendentality, eidos and phantasy , 4. The limits of biomedical ethics and the specific role of phenomenology in biomedical ethics , 5. Richard Zaner and "standard" medical ethics , 6. Bioethics without analogy , 7. Phenomenological nursing in schutzian perspective , 8. Zaner's generative spirit , 9. Integrity and the moral Gestalt : Zaner tells his mother's story , 10. Between and beyond : medicine and narrative in Dick Zaner's phenomenology , 11. Fardels of the heart : obesity and the unbearable heaviness of being , 12. The philosopher as ethicist, the ethicist as storyteller , 13. The ecstatic witness , 14. A story tell'ers story : Richard Zaner as hero (HĒ row) ; 15. On the telling of stories
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400716735
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 238p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The International Library of Ethics, Law and Technology 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Biobanks and tissue research
    Keywords: Transplantation of organs, tissues, etc ; Medicine & Public Health ; Medicine ; Cytology ; Transplantation of organs, tissu ; Medicine ; Transplantation of organs, tissues, etc ; Cytology
    Abstract: Biobanks, tissue research and the public -- Public trust and public bodies: The regulation of the use of human tissue for research in the United Kingdom, Julie Kent, Ruud ter Meulen -- Biobanks and research: scientific promise and regulatory challenge, Bernice S. Elger, Nikola Biller-Andorno.- A sense of entitlement: individual vs. public interest in human tissue, Nils Hoppe -- Social aspects of biobanking: Beyond the public/private distinction and inside the relationship between the body and identity Federico Neresini -- The Rights of donors and patients -- One sample, one share! A proposal to redress an inequity with equity , Jasper A. Bovenberg -- Research on human biological materials: What consent is needed, and when. Eugenijus Gefenas, Vilius Dranseika, Asta Cekanauskaite, Jurate Jurate Serepkaite -- Reconsidering consent and biobanking, Emma Bullock, Heather Widdows -- What’s wrong with forensic uses of biobanks?, Claudio Tamburrini Regulation of tissue research -- A unified European approach on tissue research and biobanking? A comparison, Katharina Beier, Christian Lenk -- Ireland and the United Kingdom’s approaches to regulation of research involving human tissue, Elizabeth Yuko, Adam McAuley, Bert Gordijn -- Legal and ethical aspects of biobanks for research in the European-Mediterranean area, Renzo Pegoraro, Allesandra Bernardi, Fabrizio Turoldo -- The circulation of human body parts and products: when exclusive property rights mask the issue of access, Florence Bellivier, Christine Noiville -- The question of anonymity and privacy in biobanking, Judit Sándor, Petra Bárd
    Abstract: The research field of biobanks and tissue research is highly promising. Many projects around the globe are involved in the collection of human tissue and health data for research purposes. These initiatives are driven by the perspective of decisive breakthroughs in the knowledge of the genetic pathways involved in widespread diseases. However, there are considerable ethical and legal challenges to be considered as well. These challenges encompass the use of body material for research purposes, the misuse of genetic and other health data by third parties, trust in science and medicine, concerns regarding privacy, use of genetic data for forensic applications by the state and the police, and regulatory issues. This volume is divided into three parts: the inclusion of the public, the rights of donors and patients, examples and recommendations for the future of tissue research. It presents a comprehensive overview of the most important topics in the field by renowned scholars in medical ethics and biolaw.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Biobanks, tissue research and the public -- pt. 2. The rights of donors and patients -- pt. 3. Regulation of tissue research.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400716827
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 256p. 12 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Advances in Medical Education 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Surgical education
    Keywords: Education ; Surgery ; Medical Education ; Education ; Surgery ; Medical Education
    Abstract: 1. The environment of surgical education and training: Roger Kneebone and Heather Fry.- 2. Educational ideas and surgical education: Heather Fry.- 3. Simulation: Roger Kneebone -- 4. Researching surgical education: Heather Fry, Nick Sevdalis, Roger Kneebone.- Part 2.- 5. Conceptualising surgical education assessment: Lambert W.T. Schuwirth and Cees P.M. van der Vleuten -- 6. The scalpel and the ‘mask’: threshold concepts and surgical education: Ray Land and Jan H.F. Meyer.- 7. The surgeon’s expertise: K Anders Ericsson.- 8. Current and future simulation and learning technologies: Fernando Bello and Harry Brenton.- 9. The role of patients: Debra Nestel and Linda Bentley -- 10. Self-monitoring in surgical practice: slowing down when you should: Carol- Anne Moulton and Ron Epstein -- 11. Learning and identity in the professional world of the surgeon: Alan Bleakley.- 12. Beyond ‘communication skills’: research in team communication and implications for surgical education: Lorelei Lingard.- 13. Surgical education: perspectives on learning, teaching and research: Gunther Kress.- Afterword: Roger Kneebone and Heather Fry
    Abstract: This book delineates surgical education as a new and emerging field of academic enquiry. Surgical (as opposed to medical) education is emerging as a distinct field with its own identity. Surgeons have started to professionalise their educational role, and draw professional, non-surgeon educators into the field. Surgery is a near unique environment of learning and practice. The defining characteristic of ‘surgical’ specialties is the performance of invasive procedures, (alongside the myriad of diagnostic and other elements which are shared with other clinicians). This craft component is central to the surgeon’s role, as is teamworking. Yet the unique characteristics of this field have been little addressed from an educational perspective, nor have its possibilities as a new research domain been mapped. This book thus seeks to explore surgical education from a number of dimensions, and draw attention to theorising it and establishing its epistemological foundations.At the same time it points to the essential links between theory and practice. Surgical education is important and the initiative timely; the two main co-authors use their combined perspectives and expertise to map the domain’s co-ordinates. Complementing this strong sense of direction are invited chapters from carefully selected contributors, each an outstanding expert in his or her field. This book is aimed at surgeons, other clinicians, non-clinicians, educators, and others interested in this new domain
    Description / Table of Contents: Surgical Education; Contents; Part I; Chapter 1: The Environment of Surgical Training and Education; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Focus; 1.1.2 Organization and Perspective; 1.2 Why Surgical Education; 1.2.1 What is Surgical Education?; 1.2.2 What makes Surgery Special?; 1.3 A Historical Overview of Medical and Surgical Training in the UK; 1.3.1 The Evolution of Surgical Training; 1.3.2 Changes Within the Profession; 1.3.3 Wider Changes; 1.3.4 Current Drivers; 1.4 Researching and Using Theory to Extend Knowledge and Innovation in Surgical Education; 1.5 About this Book: Rationale and Organization
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 2: Educational Ideas and Surgical Education; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Changing Educational Imperatives and Preferences; 2.3 Learning Theory and Surgical Education; 2.3.1 Constructivism; 2.3.2 Approaches to Learning; 2.3.3 Clinical Reasoning and Decision Making; 2.3.4 Social Theories of Learning; 2.3.5 Activity Theory, Work-Based Learning, Situated Learning, and Communities of Practice; 2.3.6 Experiential Learning, Reflective Practice, and Feedback; 2.4 Curriculum Design and Learning Outcomes; 2.5 The Role of Assessment and Psychometrics in Learning
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.6 A Case Study: Problem-Based Learning as an Example of Using Educational Theory to Drive Educational Change2.7 Implications of Educational Ideas for Surgical Training; References; Chapter 3: Simulation; 3.1 Introduction; 3.1.1 Simulation as a Mirror for Clinical Care; 3.1.2 Drivers for Simulation; 3.2 What is Simulation About?; 3.3 Conceptualising Simulation; 3.4 Authenticity, Expertise, and Dexterity; 3.4.1 Risk and Safety; 3.5 New Directions for Simulation; 3.5.1 Placing the Patient at the Centre; 3.5.2 Heightening Realism for Surgeons; 3.5.3 Creating an Effective Simulation
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5.4 Widening Access to Simulation Centre Facilities3.5.5 Rehearsal; 3.6 Where Next?; 3.7 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Researching Surgical Education; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Quantitative and Qualitative Educational Research Paradigms Compared and Contrasted; 4.3 Quantitative Surgical Education Research; 4.3.1 Research Questions and Hypotheses; 4.3.2 Research Methods; 4.3.3 Quantitative Approaches to Data Analysis; 4.4 Qualitative Surgical Education Research; 4.4.1 Key Approaches in Qualitative Research; 4.4.2 Design and Methods; 4.4.3 Analysis; 4.4.4 Writing Up
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5 Case Studies of Educational Research4.5.1 Case Study 1: The Qualitative Paradigm; 4.5.2 Case Study 2: The Qualitative Paradigm; 4.5.3 Case Study 3: The Quantitative Paradigm; 4.5.4 Case Study 4: Using Mixed Methods; 4.6 Conclusion; References; Part II; Chapter 5: Conceptualising Surgical Education Assessment; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Purposes of Assessment; 5.3 General Issues Concerning Assessment; 5.3.1 Reliability; 5.3.2 Validity; 5.3.3 Educational Impact; 5.4 Developments in Practice-Based Assessment; 5.4.1 Careful Sampling is Essential
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.4.2 Sampling Through Various Error Sources Is Needed
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    ISBN: 9789400713567
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXI, 212p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The International Library of Ethics, Law and Technology 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The growing gap between emerging technologies and legal-ethical oversight
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy of law ; Technology Philosophy ; Artificial intelligence ; Engineering ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy of law ; Technology Philosophy ; Artificial intelligence ; Engineering ; Technological innovations ; Moral and ethical aspects ; Technological innovations ; Law and legislation ; Künstliche Intelligenz ; Innovation ; Technik ; Recht ; Ethik ; Moral
    Abstract: At the same time that the pace of science and technology has greatly accelerated in recent decades, our legal and ethical oversight mechanisms have become bogged down and slower. This book addresses the growing gap between the pace of science and technology and the lagging responsiveness of legal and ethical oversight society relies on to govern emerging technologies. Whether it be biotechnology, genetic testing, nanotechnology, synthetic biology, computer privacy, autonomous robotics, or any of the other many emerging technologies, new approaches are needed to ensure appropriate and timely re
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Acknowledgements; Introduction: Why Law and Ethics Need to Keep Pace with Emerging Technologies; References; Contents; Contributors; Part I The ``Pacing Problem''; 1 Governance and Technology Systems: The Challenge of Emerging Technologies; 1.1 Introduction: The Power of Technology Systems; 1.2 The Five Horsemen of Emerging Technologies; 1.3 Technology, Complexity and Earth Systems Engineering and Management; 1.4 Conclusion; References; 2 The Growing Gap Between Emerging Technologies and the Law; 2.1 Accelerating Technology
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1.1 Pace of Law vs. Pace of Science and Technology: Can Law Stay Current?References; 3 Ethical Challenges of Emerging Technologies; 3.1 Humanoid Robotics; 3.2 Pervasive Computing; 3.3 Are Emerging Technologies Unique?; 3.4 Who Should Do the Ethics?; 3.5 Microethics and Macroethics in Engineering; 3.6 Ethicists and Emerging Technologies; 3.7 Conclusion; References; Part II Oversight Dynamics for Emerging Technologies; 4 Public Policy on the Technological Frontier; 4.1 Change the Metaphor; 4.2 Embed an Early Warning System; 4.3 Track the Known Unknowns; 4.4 Focus on Bad Practices
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5 Get the Right People to the Frontier4.6 Develop and Implement a Learning Strategy; 4.7 Conclusion; References; 5 Software Agents, Anticipatory Ethics, and Accountability; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Making Room for Anticipatory Ethics; 5.3 Anticipating Software Agents: An Argument for Moral Ontology; 5.3.1 The Argument; 5.3.2 Anticipating Accountability; 5.4 Anticipating Software Agents: The Counterarguments; 5.4.1 The Concern Is Premature; 5.4.2 Software Agents Are Autonomous; 5.5 Conclusion; References; 6 Sui Generis Rules; 6.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 Sui Generis Rules: Special Laws for Special Circumstances6.3 Sui Generis Rules and Other Dichotomies; 6.4 Why Employ Sui Generis Rules?; 6.5 Dangers of Sui Generis Rules; 6.5.1 The Problem of Completeness; 6.5.2 The Problem of Administrative Costs; 6.5.3 The Problem of Technological Change; 6.5.4 The Problem of Politics; 6.6 Weighing It Up; 6.7 Tailoring Within Broad Category; 6.8 Technology Neutral Sui Generis Rules; 6.9 Conclusion; References; 7 Anticipatory Governance of Emerging Technologies; References; Part III A Toolbox of Solutions
    Description / Table of Contents: 8 Pacing Science and Technology with Codes of Conduct: Rethinking What Works8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Some Preliminary Points; 8.3 Codes and Biological Weapons: Expectations and Transformations; Box 8.1 Proposals for Biosecurity Codes; A Hippocratic Oath for Scientists?; Uniting Around a Restricting Code?; A Universal Code?; 8.4 What Has Been Accomplished?; 8.4.1 Codes As Exercises in Deferral; 8.4.2 Follow Through?; 8.5 Reframings; 8.6 Evaluating the Process; Box 8.2 Meetings About Codes in the British Foreign Office; 8.7 A Disruption; 8.8 A Reconsideration; 8.9 Conclusions
    Description / Table of Contents: 9 An International Framework Agreement on Scientific and Technological Innovation and Regulation
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400717367
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 196p, digital)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 22
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Granström, Johan Georg Treatise on intuitionistic type theory
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic ; Logic design ; Algorithms ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic ; Logic design ; Algorithms ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Typentheorie ; Intuitionistische Mathematik
    Abstract: No description available.
    Abstract: Intuitionistic type theory can be described, somewhat boldly, as a partial fulfillment of the dream of a universal language for science. This book expounds several aspects of intuitionistic type theory, such as the notion of set, reference vs. computation, assumption, and substitution. Moreover, the book includes philosophically relevant sections on the principle of compositionality, lingua characteristica, epistemology, propositional logic, intuitionism, and the law of excluded middle. Ample historical references are given throughout the book
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; Introduction; Chapter I. Prolegomena; 1. A threefold correspondence; 2. The acts of the mind; 3. The principle of compositionality; 4. Lingua characteristica; Chapter II. Truth and Knowledge; 1. The meaning of meaning; 2. A division of being; 3. Mathematical entities; 4. Judgement and assertion; 5. Reasoning and demonstration; 6. The proposition; 7. The laws of logic; 8. Variables and generality; 9. Division of definitions; Chapter III. The Notion of Set; 1. A history of set-like notions; 2. Set-theoretical notation
    Description / Table of Contents: 3. Making universal concepts into objects of thought 4. Canonical sets and elements; 5. How to define a canonical set; 6. More canonical sets; Chapter IV. Reference and Computation; 1. Functions, algorithms, and programs; 2. The concept of function; 3. A formalization of computation; 4. Noncanonical sets and elements; 5. Nominal definitions; 6. Functions as objects; 7. Families of sets; Chapter V. Assumption and Substitution; 1. The concept of function revisited; 2. Hypothetical assertions; 3. The calculus of substitutions
    Description / Table of Contents: 4. Sets and elements in hypothetical assertions 5. Closures and the -calculus; 6. The disjoint union of a family of sets; 7. Elimination rules; 8. Propositions as sets; Chapter VI. Intuitionism; 1. The intuitionistic interpretation of apagoge; 2. The law of excluded middle; 3. The philosophy of mathematics; Bibliography; Index of Proper Names; Index of Subjects
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400713536
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXV, 259p. 145 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Higher Education Dynamics 35
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The flexible professional in the knowledge society
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Wissensgesellschaft ; Akademiker ; Bildungsabschluss ; Hochschule ; Hochqualifizierte Arbeitskräfte ; Freie Berufe ; Europa ; Education, Higher ; Sociology ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Sociology
    Abstract: Technological developments in the life sciences confront us with new facets of a Faustian seduction. Are we 'playing God' more and more, as claimed by critical authors of modernity? Achievements in genetic research produce ethical dilemmas which need to be the subject of reflection and debate in modern societies. Denial of ambivalences that ethical dilemmas arouse constitutes a threat to societies as well as to individuals. The book presents a compilation of some of the results of the interdisciplinary European study 'Ethical Dilemmas Due to Prenatal and Genetic Diagnostics' (EDIG), which investigated some of these dilemmas in detail in a field which is particularly challenging: prenatal diagnosis. When results from prenatal diagnosis show fetal abnormalities, women and their partners are confronted with ethical dilemmas regarding: the right to know and the right not to know, decision-making about the remainder of the pregnancy and the desire for a healthy child, responsibility for the unborn child, for its well-being and possible suffering, life and death. This book provides answers from an ethical, psychoanalytical and medical viewpoint.
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; About the Editors; About the Authors; Management Summary; Introduction; The Flexible Professional in the Knowledge Society; The Professional Work of Graduates; ""Being Flexible"": Graduates Facing Changes in Their Work Environment; The Graduates in the Knowledge and Innovation Society; Mobilization of Human Resources; International Dimensions of Higher Education and Graduate Employment; Winners and Losers; Conclusions and policy implications; 1 Introduction; 1.1 The Policy Context; 1.2 The REFLEX Project; 1.3 Trends and Demands; 1.3.1 Three Trends…
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.3.2 … and Five Demands1.3.3 Professional Expertise; 1.3.4 Functional Flexibility; 1.3.5 Innovation and Knowledge Management; 1.3.6 Mobilisation of Human Resources; 1.3.7 International Orientation; 1.4 Methods and Data; 1.5 Structure of the Report; Appendix: First- and Second-Level Programmes per Country; References; 2 The Flexible Professional in the Knowledge Society: Required Competences and the Role of Higher Education; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Demands from the World of Work; 2.2.1 Operationalisation of the Demands; 2.2.2 Required Level; 2.2.3 Shortages and Surpluses
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2.4 Strong and Weak Points2.3 On the Role of Higher Education in Preparing Graduates for the Labour Market; 2.3.1 Complex Demands on Higher Education; 2.3.2 Different Solutions; 2.3.3 Different Theoretical Approaches; 2.3.4 Programme Characteristics; 2.3.5 Modes of Teaching and Learning; 2.3.6 Study Behaviour; 2.3.7 Experiences Acquired During Higher Education; 2.4 The Effects of Programme Characteristics on Competences; 2.4.1 The Effects of the Study Programme; 2.4.2 The Effect of Modes of Teaching and Learning; 2.4.3 The Effect of Other Learning Experiences
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4.4 Study Behaviour and Performance2.5 Does Higher Education Provide a Good Basis to Enter the Labour Market?; 2.5.1 The Effects of the Study Programme; 2.5.2 The Effect of Modes of Teaching and Assessment; 2.5.3 The Effects of Acquired Competences; 2.6 Conclusions; References; 3 The Professional Work of Graduates; 3.1 What Makes a Profession?; 3.2 Who is Working as a ""Professional""?; 3.2.1 The Occupation; 3.2.2 Typology of Professions; 3.2.3 Employment Conditions; 3.3 The Role of Professional Knowledge; 3.3.1 Required Field of Study and Level of Education
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.2 Higher Education and Professional TrainingHow Long Does it Take to Become an Expert?3.3.3 Additional Training; 3.3.4 Professional Expertise; 3.4 Professional Role and Professional Identity; 3.4.1 Aspects of the Professional Role; 3.4.2 Work Orientations; 3.5 Professions and Power; 3.5.1 Income; 3.5.2 Selectivity of Higher Education and HE Programmes?; 3.6 Discussion of Results; Appendix: Mapping of 3-Digit ISCO Occupational Codes to Typology of Professions; References; 4 ""Being Flexible"": Graduates Facing Changes in Their Work Environment
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 The Changing Work Environment of European Graduates
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    ISBN: 9789400711402
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 390p. 40 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Changing governance and management in higher education
    DDC: 650.071/1
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Konferenzschrift ; Hochschulbildung ; Hochschulreform ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Cummings, William K./Fisher, Donald/Locke, William: Introduction. - PART I. EMERGENT HIGHER EDUCATION SYSTEMS (2. Fernández Lamarra, Norberto/Marquina, Monica/Rebello, Gabriel: Argentina. Changes in Academics' Involvement in the Governance and Management of Public Universities. - 3. Balbachevsky, Elizabeth/Schwartzman, Simon: Brazil. Diverse Experiences in Institutional Governance in the Public and Private Sectors. - 4. Galaz-Fontes, Jesus Francisco/Sevilla-Garcia, Juan José/Padilla-González, Laura Elena/Arcos-Vega, Jose Luis/Gil-Anton, Manuel/Martinez-Stack, Jorge: Mexico. A Portrait of a Managed Profession. - 5. Azman, Norzaini/Sirat, Morshidi/Jantan, Muhammad: Malaysia. Perspectives of University Governance and Management within the Academic Profession. - 6. Wolhuter, Charl/Higgs, Philip/Higgs, Leonie/Ntshoe, Isaac: South Africa. Recklessly Incapacitated by a Fifth Column - The Academic Profession Facing Institutional Governance). - PART II. MATURE HIGHER EDUCATION SYSTEM (7. Coates, Hamish/Dobson, Ian R./Goedegebuure, Leo/Meek, V. Lynn: Australia. The Changing Academic Profession - An enCAPsulation. - 8. Metcalfe, Amy Scott/Fisher, Donald/Rubenson, Kjell/Snee, Iain/Gingras, Yves/Jones, Glen A.: Canada. Perspectives on Governance and Management. - 9. Locke, William/Bennion, Alice: The United Kingdom. Academic Retreat or Professional Renewal? - 10. Finkelstein, Martin/Ju, Ming/Cummings, William K.: The United States of America - Perspectives on Faculty Governance, 1992-2007. - 11. Teichler, Ulrich: Germany. How Changing Governance and Management Affects the Views and Work of the Academic Profession. - 12. Aarrevaara, Timo/Dobson, Ian R./Pekkola, Elias: Finland. CAPtive Academics - An Examination of the Binary Divide. - 13. Vabo, Agnete: Norway. Between Humboldtian Values and Strategic Management. - 14. Arimoto, Akira: Japan. Effects of Changing Governance and Management on the Academic Profession. - 15. Shin, Jung Cheol: South Korea. Decentralized Centralization - Fading Shared Governance and Rising Managerialism. - 16. Postiglione, Gerard/Shiru, Wang: Hong Kong. Governance and the Double-Edged Academy. - 17. Fisher, Donald/Locke, William/Cummings, William K.: Comparative Perspectives. Emerging Findings and Further Investigations. - 18. Locke, William: The International Study of the Changing Academic Profession - A Unique Source for Examining the Academy's Perception of Governance and Management in Comparative Perspective) (HoF/text adopt ...
    Description / Table of Contents: Changing Governance and Managementin Higher Education; Contents; Notes on Editors; Notes on Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 The Organization of Academic Work; 1.2 Beliefs of the Academy; 1.2.1 Common Beliefs; 1.2.2 The Historical-Institutional Perspective; 1.2.3 The Cultural-Regional Perspective; 1.2.4 The Disciplinary Perspective; 1.2.5 The Professional Perspective; 1.2.6 The Unionist Perspective; 1.2.7 The Fiduciary Perspective; 1.3 Drivers; 1.3.1 System Scale and Recent Growth; 1.3.2 Demographic Change; 1.3.3 National Social Welfare Priorities
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.3.4 Marketization, Privatization, Including the Privatization of Public Institutions1.3.5 Economic Level and Growth; 1.3.6 Global Science and Technology Competition and Commercialization; 1.4 Changing Conditions and Practices; 1.5 Changing Outputs and Outcomes; 1.6 The Contemporary Discourse; 1.6.1 System/Institution Division of Labor; 1.6.2 The Shifting Balance in Shared Governance; 1.6.3 Stress on Accountability; 1.6.4 Front Line or Bottom Line; 1.6.5 Public-Private Differences; 1.6.6 Impact of "New" Public Management; 1.6.7 The Experience of Academe in the Emerging Economies
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.7 Thinking About Similarities and Differences1.8 The Contemporary Challenge; 1.9 The Structure of the Book; References; Part I: Emergent Higher Education Systems; Chapter 2: Argentina: Changes in Academics' Involvement in the Governance and Management of Public Universities; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Growth of the University System and the Academic Profession; 2.2.1 The Expansion of the Argentinean Higher Education System; 2.2.2 The Academic Profession in Argentina: Heterogeneity and Unplanned Expansion
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2.3 Policies in the 1990s for the Academic Profession: Between the Availability of Resources and Accountability2.3 Some Theoretical Issues on University Governance and Management in Argentina; 2.4 Research Advances in the Framework of the Changing Academic Profession; 2.4.1 Findings from a Preliminary Analysis of Survey Data; 2.4.1.1 Academics' Interests; 2.4.1.2 Overall Satisfaction; 2.4.1.3 Affiliation; 2.4.1.4 Governance and Management; 2.5 Discussion and Conclusions; References; Chapter 3: Brazil: Diverse Experiences in Institutional Governance in the Public and Private Sectors
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 Brazilian Higher Education: An Overview of Its Historical Background3.1.1 The 1968 Reform; 3.1.2 Changes in the 1990s and 2000s; 3.2 Institutional Environment: The Sources of Diversity; 3.3 Patterns of Organization and Management of the Academic Institutions in Brazil; 3.4 Strategic Decisions Inside Institutions; 3.5 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 4: México: A Portrait of a Managed Profession; 4.1 Mexican Higher Education; 4.1.1 The Mexican Higher Education System: Recent Developments and Current State; 4.1.2 Institutional Governance in Mexican Higher Education Institutions
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1.3 Higher Education Public Policies: Drivers of Change in the Academic Profession
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400711594
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Contemporary Trends and Issues in Science Education 39
    DDC: 303.483
    Keywords: Education ; Curriculum planning ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: Socio-scientific issues (SSI) are open-ended, multifaceted social issues with conceptual links to science. They are challenging to negotiate and resolve, and they create ideal contexts for bridging school science and the lived experience of students. This book presents the latest findings from the innovative practice and systematic investigation of science education in the context of socio-scientific issues. Socio-scientific Issues in the Classroom: Teaching, Learning and Research focuses on how SSI can be productively incorporated into science classrooms and what SSI-based education can accom
    Description / Table of Contents: Socio-scientific Issues in the Classroom; Foreword; Content; Process; Context; Conclusion; References; Contents; About the Authors; Chapter 1: Situating Socio-scientific Issues in Classrooms as a Means of Achieving Goals of Science Education; Goals of Science Education; Situated Learning; Socio-scientific Issues; Purpose of This Volume; Organization of Chapters; Final Thoughts; References; Chapter 2: Enhancing the Authenticity of a Web-Based Module for Teaching Simple Inheritance; Introduction; From International to Local Context; Curriculum and Context
    Description / Table of Contents: A Socioscientific Approach in the Design of the ModuleThe Field Trip; Online Interaction with a Patient; The Study; Data Collection and Analysis; Outcomes; Interest and Engagement; Contributions of Field Trip and Online Interaction; Knowledge Acquisition; Knowledge Integration Test; Simple Inheritance Module Notes; Student Attitudes; Discussion; Diversified Interactions; Live Communication; Time on Task; Appendix 1. The Knowledge Questionnaire; Appendix 2. Attitude Survey; References; Chapter 3: Metalogue: Using Issues and Participatory Experiences to Enhance Student Learning and Interest
    Description / Table of Contents: Comparing Issue-Based MovementsEnhancing Authenticity and Interest; References; Chapter 4: Learning Science Content and Socio-scientific Reasoning Through Classroom Explorations of Global Climate Change; Project Goals; Setting; Teacher-Researcher Relationships; Intervention; Research; Research Questions; Content Knowledge; Socio-scientific Reasoning; Methods; Data Collection and Analysis: Content Knowledge; Data Collection and Analysis: Socio-scientific Reasoning; Results and Discussion; Findings: Content Knowledge; Findings: Socio-scientific Reasoning; Implications for…
    Description / Table of Contents: Teaching and LearningResearch; Conclusions; Appendix 3.1. SSIQ Prompt and Questions; References; Chapter 5: Metalogue: Issues in the Conceptualization of Research Constructs and Design for SSI Related Work; Socio-scientific Reasoning; Research Design; Benefits of Research; References; Chapter 6: Effects of an Interdisciplinary Program on Students' Reasoning with Socioscientific Issues and Perceptions of Their Learning Experiences; Establishment of Teacher-Researcher Collaboration; Research Questions; Theoretical Framework; Context of Study; SSI Group; Sophomore Level Core Course
    Description / Table of Contents: Senior Level Core CourseBiology Comparison Group; Methods; Participants; Data Collection; General Procedures; Decision Making Questionnaire; Interviews; Data Analysis; Comparison of Decisions; Comparison of Factors in Decision-Making; Scoring Rubrics; Interview Analysis; Results; Comparison of Decisions; Comparison of Factors Influencing Reasoning; Comparison of Reasoning; Interviews; Perceptions of SSI in Majors; Views of SSI Students; Views of BIO Students; Student Perceptions of Majors; Perceptions of Personal Outcomes; SSI Group; BIO Group; Perceptions of the Learning Environment
    Description / Table of Contents: SSI Group
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400716339
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law
    DDC: 307
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Sociology ; Consciousness ; Applied psychology ; Soziales Netzwerk ; Gemeinschaft
    Abstract: Many of our current social problems have been attributed to the breakdown or loss of community as a place and to the fragmentation of connections due to an extreme value of individualism in the Western world, particularly in the United States. Not all scholars and researchers agree that individualism and technology are the primary culprits in the loss of community as it existed in the middle decade of the 20th century. Nonetheless, people exist in groups, and connections are vital to their existence and in the daily performance of activities. The second edition of the Sociology of Community Co
    Description / Table of Contents: The Sociology of Community Connections Second Edition; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables/Box; Chapter 1: Social Connections; Chapter 2: Conceptions of Community: Past and Present; Chapter 3: Common Ties: Immigrant, Refugee, and Ethnic Communities; Chapter 4: Mobile Communities: The Tentative Ties of Migrant and Seasonal Farmworkers; Chapter 5: Fragmented Ties: The Poor and the Homeless; Chapter 6: Communities in Crisis: Reconnecting Frayed Social Ties; Chapter 7: Communities of Exclusion and Excluded Communities: Barriers to Neighboring
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 8: Connecting Seniors: Social Networks of ValueChapter 9: Connections of Faith: Religion as Community; Chapter 10: Vital Bonds: Social Support, Social Networks, and Health; Chapter 11: The Social Internet: Cybercommunities; Chapter 12: Virtual Connections in New Work Environments; Chapter 13: Ecologically Sustainable Communities: Place-Based and Purpose-Based Connections; Chapter 14: Solitary Communities: Disconnecting from the Common Good; References; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400715707
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 250p. 160 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 84
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    DDC: 415
    Keywords: Grammar, Comparative and general Syntax ; Linguistics ; Linguistics ; Grammar, Comparative and general Syntax
    Abstract: Proceedings of the 26th Symposium of the International Committee on Aeronautical Fatigue are a widely referenced summary of advances in aeronautical design against fatigue. This is a bi-annual event and the proceedings have been published in book form for over 35 years.
    Abstract: This innovative analysis of noun incorporation and related linguistic phenomena does more than just give readers an insightful exploration of its subject. The author re-evaluates-and forges links between-two influential theories of phrase structure: Chomsky's Bare Phrase Structure and Richard Kayne's Antisymmetry. The text details how the two linguistic paradigms interact to cause differing patterns of noun incorporation across world languages. With a solid empirical foundation in its close reading of Northern Iroquoian languages especially, Barrie argues that noun incorporation needs no speci
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Abbreviations; Contents; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Outlook and Goals; 1.2 Noun Incorporation; 1.2.1 Properties of NI; 1.2.2 On the Syntactic Nature of NI; 1.3 Conclusion and Outline of Book; References; 2 Theoretical Background; 2.1 A Bit of History of Phrase Structure; 2.2 Bare Phrase Structure; 2.3 Antisymmetry; 2.4 Head Movement; 2.5 Alternative Accounts of Linearization; 2.5.1 Demerge and Concatenate: SOV as Underlying Order; 2.5.2 Parameterized Order; 2.5.3 Departures from the LCA; 2.6 Conclusion; References; 3 Unifying Antisymmetry and Bare Phrase Structure
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 The Problem of Mutual C-Command3.2 Previous Accounts; 3.2.1 Guimar0es (2000) and Self-Merge; 3.2.2 Nunes and Uriagereka (2000); 3.2.3 Richards (2001); 3.2.4 Conclusion; 3.3 The LCA and BPS; 3.4 Proposal; 3.5 Alternatives to Complement-to-Spec Roll-Up; 3.5.1 Spec-To-Spec Movement and Romance Clitics; 3.5.2 Avoidance of the Initial Merger Problem Initial Merger Problem; 3.6 Linearization and Late Insertion; 3.7 Summary; References; 4 Noun Incorporation in Northern Iroquoian; 4.1 Northern Iroquoian Languages; 4.1.1 Clause Structure of Northern Iroquoian
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1.2 Nominal Structure in Northern Iroquoian4.2 Patterns of NI in Northern Iroquoian; 4.2.1 Productivity of NI; 4.2.2 Nominal Roots; 4.3 Analysis; 4.3.1 Previous Analyses; 4.3.2 NI as Phrasal Movement; 4.4 Properties of Iroquoian NI; 4.4.1 NI in Ditransitives; 4.4.2 NI and Overt DPs; 4.5 Conclusion; References; 5 Noun Incorporation and Its Kind in Other Languages; 5.1 The Structure of Nominals and V/IN Order; 5.2 NI in Sierra Popoluca; 5.3 English Gerunds; 5.3.1 Description of NI in English Gerunds; 5.3.2 Analysis; 5.4 German Progressives; 5.5 Persian 'Long Infinitive' Constructions
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.6 Tamil Noun Incorporation and Coordination5.7 Adverb Incorporation in Blackfoot; 5.8 Conclusion; References; 6 V+N Order; 6.1 Polynesian Pseudo Noun Incorporation; 6.1.1 The Structure of Niuean Nominals; 6.1.2 Pseudo Noun Incorporation; 6.1.3 Postlude on Tukang Besi Object Incorporation; 6.2 Romance Compounds; 6.2.1 Description of V+N Compounds; 6.2.2 Analysis of Romance Compounds; 6.3 Mapudungun; 6.4 Upriver Halkomelem; 6.5 Conclusion; References; 7 Conclusion; 7.1 Summary; 7.2 Limitations; 7.3 Conclusions and Implications; References; Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789048193738
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 32
    DDC: 302.35
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Economics
    Abstract: Rational thought according to Levinas has the merit of making the world lucid and controllable. But at the same time it strips things and people of their identity and incorporates them in a homogenized rational order. Illusory, but nonetheless oppressive. Rationality's totalitarian character can provoke resistance and grief with people who are enlisted by it. This can lead to a shameful confrontation in which the thinker is being confronted with his victim's resistance and sees himself and his thinking made questionable. By proceeding along this route, thinking can be brought to self-criticism and to revision of standpoints. This description by Levinas of rational thinking shows similarity to what managers do in organizations. They make their business controllable, but at the same time with their planning and schemes they create a totalitarian straitjacket. This similarity suggests that also the reactions to imperialistic rationality from Levinas' description ought to be found in organizations. Is it indeed possible to indicate there the kind of resistance and grief Levinas speaks about? Does that give rise to confrontations between managers and their co-workers who are supposed to subordinate to their schemes? Do managers then feel shame? And do those shameful confrontations consequently lead to self-reflection and change? Desk research suggests that the above elements are partly to be found in the literature of management theory. Interviews with managers show that Levinas' line of thought can also be found in its completeness within organizations. At the same time it becomes clear that becoming conscious of the elements of that line of thought - that rationality is all-conquering, that it provokes resistance, that that can lead to shame as well as to a new beginning - this is a difficult path to travel. The related experiences are easily forgotten and sometimes difficult to excavate. Translation of Levinas' thinking into terms of management and organization can help us spot them where they play their role in organizations.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Editing Translator's Introduction; What Have I Done?; How I Came to Be Doing This . . .; Levinas and Management; The Contribution of This Book; References; 1 Introduction; Organizational Change and the Glass Ceiling; A Remarkable Combination: Levinas and Organizations; Evaluation: There Are Connecting Points; 2 Rationality: A Problem?; Introduction; Section 1: Problematic Rationality in Organization Studies; Section 2: Problematic Rationality in Philosophy; Evaluation: There Is Congruence; 3 Two Alternatives to Representationalism; Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: Orientation Towards the Postmodernism of Foucault and DerridaOrientation Towards Heidegger and Wittgenstein; 4 Levinas on Rationality and Representation; Introduction; Section 1: Levinas on Representational Thought Handed Down to Him; Section 2: The Position of Representation in Levinas' Own Philosophy; Evaluation of Representation in Levinas; 5 Levinas Translated to Organizations; Introduction; Section 1: The Organisation Studies Literature; Section 2: Cases; Evaluation of the Performed Translation; 6 Conclusion; Introduction; New Language; Remarkable Aspects of the New Language
    Description / Table of Contents: The New Language Compared to Two AlternativesAfterword; Abbreviations Used for the Works of Levinas; Consulted Works; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789048189304
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Understanding Population Trends and Processes 4
    DDC: 304.6
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Demography ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Although the human population growth rate of the world has been  declining since peaking in the early 1960s, the populations of individual countries are changing at different rates.  Population dynamics at national level are partly determined by levels of fertility and mortality, but the impact of international migration is playing an increasingly important role. Moreover, internal migration plays a major part in population change at the sub-national level.This fourth volume in the series "Understanding Population Trends and Processes  is a celebration of the work of Professor Philip Rees. It contains chapters by contributors who have collaborated with Phil Rees on research or consultancy projects or as postgraduate students. Several chapters demonstrate the technical nature of population projection modelling and simulation methods while others illustrate issues relating to data availability and estimation. This book demonstrates the application of theoretical and modelling methods and addresses key issues relating to contemporary demographic patterns and trends.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; References; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; 1 The Dynamics of Populations Large and Small: Processes, Models and Futures; Introduction: Topics and Aims; World Population Growth; Differences in Growth Across the World; Fertility Trends and the Second Demographic Transition; Recent and Future Mortality Trends; Inequalities in Health and Mortality; The Third Demographic Transition: Changing Ethnic Composition; Population Ageing; Concluding Remarks; References; 2 Population Accounts; Introduction; Multistate Demographic Accounts; Construction of Population Accounts
    Description / Table of Contents: Demographic Accounting Method and EM Algorithm Compared Conclusion; References; 3 MULTIPOLES: A Revised Multiregional Model for Improved Capture of International Migration; Introduction; MULTIPOLES: A MULTIstate POpulation Model for MultiLEvel Systems; Definition of the Population System and Notation; Mathematical Formulation of the Model; Accounting Equations for Age Groups a = 0, 5,, A--5; Accounting Equations for the Youngest Cohort; Accounting Equations for the Oldest Cohort (A+); Projection Equations; An Application of MULTIPOLES and an Assessment of the Error
    Description / Table of Contents: Geographical and Temporal Scope of the Projection Data CollectionProblems and Solutions; Population Stocks, Births and Deaths; Migration; Scenarios for the Components of Population Change; Assumptions on Mortality; Fertility Changes; Internal Migration Changes; International Migration Changes; Results: The Future of the Elderly Population of Central and Eastern Europe as Seen in 1995; Ex-post Forecast Error; Evolution of MULTIPOLES; Conclusion; References; 4 Modelling with NEWDSS: Producing State, Regional and Local Area Population Projections for New South Wales
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction Decisions in the Construction of a Population Projection System; Purpose; Resources; Age Detail; Time Detail; Age-Time Plans; System Representation; Geography and Internal Consistency; Exogenous Constraints; Available Data; Migration Concept; Internal Migration Model(s); Overseas Migration Model(s); Model Calculation Scheme; Model Specification; Programming Language; Formulation of Assumptions; Deterministic or Probabilistic; Projection Outputs; Reviewing of Outputs; Overview of the New South Wales Demographic Simulation System
    Description / Table of Contents: Projection Requirements and Desirable Modelling Features Key Features of the Projection System; State/Rest of Australia Projection Model; Regional Projection Model; Local Area Projection Model; Metropolitan Total Populations; Non-metropolitan Total Populations; Transition Accounts-Based Model; Reviewing and Adjustment; Population Age Profiles; Sex Ratios by Age; Aggregate Components of Change in Historical Context; Illustration of NEWDSS: Projections for New South Wales, 2006--2036; Launch Populations and Projection Assumptions; State-Level Assumptions
    Description / Table of Contents: Regional-Level Assumptions
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400713352
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 200p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Educational Leadership 14
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    DDC: 371.2
    Keywords: Education ; Education
    Abstract: " The Mediterranean basin represents one of the most important ""hot spots"" of climate change in the world, with recent trends towards a hotter and drier climate being related to changes in atmospheric circulation patterns. Such changes can have significant impacts in the climate of this region but also on the natural environment and several socioeconomic activities. Among these patterns, the North Atlantic Oscillation (NAO) is one of the main forcing factors in the region with impact on extreme events such as droughts, severe precipitations or heat and cold waves, the availability of water resources, the ecological dynamics, the quality and quantity of crops, the migration and welfare of animal populations, the fisheries dynamics, the triggering of landslides and the air pollution and human health, among others. The aim of Hydrological, Socioeconomic and Ecological Impacts of the North Atlantic Oscillation in the Mediterranean Region, is to serve as an updated reference text that covers the wide range of evidences on the NAO impacts in the Mediterranean regions and from a multidisciplinary perspective. This volume constitutes a unique document to present the state of the art of the numerous studies undertaken on the hydrological, socioeconomic and ecological impact of the NAO, collecting the expertise of researchers from several complementary earth science fields (geography, hydrology, remote-sensing, climatology, agriculture, energy), but that have been lacking a common ground. "
    Description / Table of Contents: How School Principals Sustain Success over Time; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction to the International Successful School Principalship Project; 1.1 The First Phase, 2001-2002; 1.1.1 Results from the First Visit to the Schools; 1.2 Finding Successful School Principalship: Cross Nation Differences and Similarities; 1.3 From Divergence to Convergence?; 1.4 Successful School Principalship: Direct and Indirect Influences; 1.4.1 Setting Direction for the School; 1.4.2 Understanding and Developing People; 1.4.3 Designing and Managing Communities
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.4.4 Managing the Teaching and Learning Programme1.4.5 Leading the Environments; 1.5 This Book; References; Chapter 2: Sustaining School and Leadership Success in Two Australian Schools; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Background; 2.3 Findings from the ISSPP; 2.4 Methodology; 2.5 Findings: Morang South Primary School and Jan Shrimpton; 2.5.1 School Profile; 2.5.2 Principal Profile; 2.5.3 Background: Previous Findings; 2.5.4 Changes Since the Last Visit; 2.5.5 Ability to Maintain or Improve Performance; 2.5.6 Reason for Sustainability; 2.5.7 Leadership Style; 2.5.8 Personal Characteristics
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5.9 Personal Educational Philosophy2.5.10 Relationship Building; 2.5.11 Interventions; 2.6 Findings: Port Phillip Specialist School and Bell Irlicht; 2.6.1 School Profile; 2.6.2 Principal Profile; 2.6.3 Background: Previous Findings; 2.6.4 Changes Since the Last Visit; 2.6.5 Ability to Maintain or Improve Performance; 2.6.6 Reasons for Sustainability; 2.6.7 Vision and Direction; 2.6.8 Leadership Style; 2.6.9 Personal Qualities; 2.6.10 Skill Set; 2.6.11 Strategic Interventions; 2.6.12 Attitude to Change; 2.7 Discussion; 2.7.1 Comparing the Two Cases; 2.7.2 Conceptual Model; 2.8 Summary
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 3: Danish Successful School Leadership - Revisited; 3.1 The Danish Project Schools; 3.2 The Danish Schooling System; 3.3 Recentralisation and Tightening of Organisational Couplings in the Danish Schools; 3.4 Leadership at the School Level; 3.5 School Leadership and the Collaboration with Different Interests Groups; 3.6 The Principals' Channels of Influence; 3.7 The Quality of Instruction in the Three Schools; 3.8 Now and Then: The Development in the Successful Schools; References; Chapter 4: Sustainable Improvement: The Significance of Ethos and Leadership; 4.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Structural and Cultural Changes in the Context of Schooling4.3 Theoretical Framework; 4.4 Methodology; 4.5 Revisiting Ospelia Upper Secondary School; 4.5.1 Structural and Cultural Changes; 4.5.2 Criteria for the Good School; 4.5.3 Sustained Leadership Practices; 4.6 Revisiting Brage Compulsory School; 4.6.1 Structural and Cultural Changes; 4.6.2 Criteria for the Good School; 4.6.3 Positioning Himself as a Leader; 4.6.4 Sustained Leadership Practices; 4.7 Revisiting Furuheia Compulsory School; 4.7.1 Structural and Cultural Changes; 4.7.2 Criteria for the Good School
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.7.3 Staging Himself as a Principal
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 1282995545 , 9789048189397 , 9781282995543
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Series Statement: The Springer Series on Demographic Methods and Population Analysis 27
    DDC: 304.632
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Sociology ; Demography ; Developmental psychology ; Men's Health ; Women's Health ; Fertility ; Epidemiologic Studies
    Abstract: This book discusses the biological, methodological and sociological issues that have caused men to be overlooked in demographic and sociological literature of fertility. It explores the patterns and determinants of male fertility and studies male fertility rates as compared to those of females in 43 countries and places, over time. Data used in the aggregate level analysis come from multiple sources, including the 2001 United Nations Demographic Yearbook, the 1964 to 2004 Taiwan-Fukien Demographic Yearbooks, and National Statistics Reports by the Statistics Bureau of Republic of China. To explore male fertility determinants, the book analyzes individual data from the 2002 National Survey of Family Growth (NSFG) in the United States. The findings presented here demonstrate that male fertility differs from female fertility in both rates and determinants, which suggests that female fertility cannot fully represent human fertility.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; Part I Introduction; 1 Introduction and Overview; 2 Review of Male Fertility Literature; 3 Data and Methods; Part II Male and Female Fertility Differentials in Rates; 4 A Cross-Sectional Analysis of Male and Female Fertility in 43 Countries and Places, 19901998; 5 Male and Female Fertility in Taiwan: Trends and Transitions, 1975x2013; 2004; Part III Male and Female Fertility Differentials in Determinants; 6 Demographic, Socioeconomic Characteristics, and Male and Female Fertiltiy
    Description / Table of Contents: 7 Religion, Religiosity and Male and Female Fertility8 The Influence of Cohabitation on Male and Female Fertility; 9 Cultural Inheritance and Male and Female Fertility; 10 Conclusion; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    ISBN: 9789048195473
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 239p. 7 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Morphology 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Manova, Stela Understanding morphological rules
    Keywords: Slavic languages ; Linguistics ; Linguistics ; Slavic languages
    Abstract: This volume analyzes morphological and morphonological phenomena from a number of distinct Slavic languages. It does so in an innovative manner, yet also positions the analysis in the context of current morphological debates. It is thus a valuable contribution both to comparative Slavic morphology and general morphological theory. Moreover, the book is the first attempt at a theory of conversion and subtraction relevant to languages with rich inflectional morphology. It contributes to our structural understanding of the nature of word. As the first illustration of subtraction with examples fro
    Description / Table of Contents: Understanding Morphological Rules; Studies in Morphology; Foreword; Acknowledgements; Contents; List of Tables; Abbreviations; Transliteration from Cyrillic; Preliminaries; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Conversion and Subtraction in Slavic: History of Research; 1.1.2 Organization of the Book; 1.2 Bulgarian, Russian, and Serbo-Croatian; 1.2.1 Phonological and Morphonological Features; 1.2.2 Morphological Features; 1.3 Word as a Basic Linguistic Unit; 1.4 Word-, Stem- and Root-Based Morphology; 1.5 Thematic Markers, Aspectual Suffixes and Root Extensions; Theoretical Background
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Natural Morphology2.1.1 Universal Naturalness; 2.1.2 Typological Adequacy; 2.1.3 System-Dependent Naturalness; 2.2 Cognitive Linguistics (CL); 2.3 Prototype Theory (PT): Prototypes and Clines; 2.4 Morphological Techniques; 2.5 Derivation-Inflection Continuum; Conversion; 3.1 Terminology; 3.2 Definition; 3.3 Delimiting Conversion; 3.3.1 Homophony, Polysemy, Metaphor, Metonymy; 3.3.2 Conversion and Related Techniques; 3.4 Direction of Conversion; 3.4.1 Marchand's Criteria; 3.4.2 Criteria by Other Authors; 3.4.3 Conversion with a Clear Direction
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4.4 Reversible Conversion vs. Cross-Linguistic Semantic Pattern3.5 Classification of Conversion; 3.5.1 Conversion in Derivation; 3.5.2 Conversion in Inflection; 3.5.3 Syntactic Conversion; 3.6 Conclusion; Subtraction; 4.1 Terminology and Definition; 4.2 Delimiting Subtraction; 4.2.1 Phonological Shortening; 4.2.2 Backformation; 4.2.3 Haplology; 4.2.4 Hypocoristics; 4.2.5 Clipping; 4.2.6 Blends; 4.2.7 Acronyms; 4.2.8 Subtraction of Meaning; 4.2.9 Zero Sign; 4.2.10 Truncation; 4.3 Subtraction and Rule Inversion: Ethnicity Terms; 4.4 Classification of Subtraction
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4.1 Subtraction in Derivation4.4.2 Subtraction in Inflection; 4.5 Conclusion; Typological and Language-Specific Adequacy of Conversion and Subtraction; 5.1 Typological Adequacy of Conversion and Subtraction; 5.2 Language-Specific Adequacy of Conversion and Subtraction; 5.2.1 Conversion as a Language-Specific Morphological Technique; 5.2.2 Subtraction as a Language-Specific Morphological Technique; 5.3 Conclusion; Conclusions; Appendix A Bulgarian Noun Inflection; Appendix B Bulgarian Adjective Inflection; Appendix C Bulgarian Verb Inflection (Synthetic Forms)
    Description / Table of Contents: Appendix D Russian Noun InflectionAppendix E Russian Adjective Inflection; Appendix F Russian Verb Inflection (Synthetic Forms); Appendix G Serbo-Croatian Noun Inflection; Appendix H Serbo-Croatian Adjective Inflection; Appendix I Serbo-Croatian Verb Inflection (Synthetic Forms); References; Author Index; Subject Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789048194223
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 352p, digital)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science 290
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Brazilian studies in philosophy and history of science
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy and science ; Brazil ; Science ; History ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wissenschaftsphilosophie ; Naturwissenschaften ; Geschichte
    Abstract: This volume, The Brazilian Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science, is the first attempt to present to a general audience, works from Brazil on this subject. The included papers are original, covering a remarkable number of relevant topics of philosophy of science, logic and on the history of science. The Brazilian community has increased in the last years in quantity and in quality of the works, most of them being published in respectable international journals on the subject. The chapters of this volume are forwarded by a general introduction, which aims to sketch not only the contents of the chapters, but it is conceived as a historical and conceptual guide to the development of the field in Brazil. The introduction intends to be useful to the reader, and not only to the specialist, helping them to evaluate the increase in production of this country within the international context.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Contributors; 1 Introduction; 2 Galileo and Modern Science; 3 Newton and Inverse Problems; 4 Isaac Newton, Robert Hooke and the Mystery of the Orbit; 5 Sciences in Brazil: An Overview from 18701920; 6 Henri Becquerel and Radioactivity: A Critical Revision; 7 Regeneration as a Difficulty for the Theory of Natural Selection: Morganx2019; s Changing Attitudes, 1897x2013; 1932; 8 Jean Antoine Nollet's Contributions to the Institutionalization of Physics During the 18th Century; 9 Natural Kinds as Scientific Models; 10 On the Nature of Mathematical Knowledge
    Description / Table of Contents: 11 The Etiological Approach to the Concept of Biological Function12 Human Evolution: Compatibilist Approaches; 13 Functional Explanations in Biology, Ecology, and Earth System Science: Contributions from Philosophy of Biology; References; 14 On Darwin, Knowledge and Mirroring; 15 Freudian Psychoanalysis as a Model for Overcoming theINTtie; Duality Between Natural and Human Sciences; 16 The Causal Strength of Scientific Advances; 17 Contextualizing the Contexts of Discovery and Justification: How to do Science Studies in Brazil
    Description / Table of Contents: 18 Echoes from the Past: The Persisting Shadow of Classical Determinism in Contemporary Health Sciences19 The Metaphysics of Non-individuality; 20 Einstein, Gdel, and the Mathematics of Time; 21 A Contemporary View of Population Genetics in Evolution; 22 Continuity and Change: Charting David Bohms Evolving Ideas on Quantum Mechanics; 23 Quasi-truth and Quantum Mechanics; 24 The Qualitative Analysis of Differential EquationsINTbreak; and the Development of Dynamical Systems Theory; 25 The Problem of Adequacy of Mathematics to Physics: The Relativity Theory Case; Name Index; Subject Index;
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789048189182
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIX, 359p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Population ; Quality of Life Research ; Demography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Public health ; Quality of Life ; Population ; Quality of Life Research ; Demography
    Abstract: "This book compares Ethiopia with other African nations to discuss Ethiopia's demographic transition and development, which is unique because of its mix of poverty-related negative factors with positive education, health, and age-of-marriage trends. ""The heated Malthusian-Bosrupian debates still rage over consequences of high population growth, rapid urbanization, dense rural populations and young age structures in the face of drought, poverty, food insecurity, environmental degradation, climate change, instability and the global economic crisis. However, while facile generalizations about the lack of demographic change and lack of progress in meeting the MDGs in sub-Saharan Africa are commonplace, they are often misleading and belie the socio-cultural change that is occurring among a vanguard of more educated youth. Even within Ethiopia, the second largest country at the Crossroads of Africa and the Middle East, different narratives emerge from analysis of longitudinal, micro-level analysis as to how demographic change and responses are occurring, some more rapidly than others. The book compares Ethiopia with other Africa countries, and demonstrates the uniqueness of an African-type demographic transition: a combination of poverty-related negative factors (unemployment, disease, food insecurity) along with positive education, health and higher age-of-marriage trends that are pushing this ruggedly rural and land-locked population to accelerate the demographic transition and stay on track to meet most of the MDGs. This book takes great care with the challenges of inadequate data and weak analytical capacity to research this incipient transition, trying to unravel some of the complexities in this vulnerable Horn of Africa country: A slowly declining population growth rates with rapidly declining child mortality, very high chronic under-nutrition, already low urban fertility but still very high rural fertility, and high population-resource pressure along with rapidly growing small urban places."
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Introduction : context and frameworkpt. 2. Demographic transitions and human development -- pt. 3. Health and nutrition -- pt. 4. Population distribution, migration, urbanization and labor force -- pt. 5. Vulnerability and adaptation : case studies in population-resource pressure and food insecurity -- pt. 6. Development policy and program evaluation -- pt. 7. Conclusions and policy implications.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    ISBN: 9789048189427
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXII, 295p, digital)
    Series Statement: Law and Philosophy Library 93
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Law and philosophy library
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Law and democracy in Neil MacCormick's legal and political theory
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Political science Philosophy ; Public law ; Europe Economic policy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Political science Philosophy ; Public law ; Europe Economic policy ; Aufsatzsammlung ; MacCormick, Neil 1941-2009 ; Rechtsphilosophie
    Abstract: This volume offers a collection of articles by leading legal and political theorists. Originally intended as a celebration of MacCormick's work on the occasion of the completion of the four-volume series on Law, State and Practical Reason, it has turned into a homage and salute after MacCormick's passing. Cast in MacCormick's reflexive spirit, the book presents a critical reconstruction of the Scottish philosopher's work, with the aim of revealing the connections between law and democracy in his writings and furthering his insights in each specific field. Neil MacCormick made outstanding contributions to the understanding of law and democracy under conditions of pluralism. His institutional theory of law has elucidated the close connection between the normative character of law as a means of social integration and legal social practices. This has produced a synthesis of the key insights of the legal and political theories of Kelsen, Hart, Alexy and Dworkin, and has broken new ground by undermining the 'monolithic' and 'nation-state' centered character of standard legal theories.
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgments; Introduction; The Legal and Political Theory of Neil MacCormick; The Contents of the Book; Contents; Contributors; About the Authors; Part I A Life in Law and Politics; 1 The Cosmopolitan Local; Part II The Seven Big Themes in MacCormick's Legal and Political Theory; 2 MacCormick on MacCormick; Part III The Limits of Law; 3 Juridification from Below: The Dynamics of MacCormick's Institutional Theory of Law; 4 Reform and Tradition: Changes and Continuities in Neil MacCormick's Concept of Law; 5 The Master Rule, Normativity, and the Institutional Theory of Law
    Description / Table of Contents: Part IV Jurisprudence6 Some Reflections on the Relationship Between Law and Morality -- Neil MacCormick's Point of View; 7 Legal Judgment and Moral Reservation; 8 Are We Beyond Sovereignty? The Sovereignty of Processes and the Democratic Legitimacy of the European Union; Part V Legal Argumentation; 9 Coherence and Post-sovereign Legal Argumentation; Part VI The Constitution(s) of the European Union; 10 Legal Pluralism in the European Union; 11 From Constitutional Pluralism to a Pluralistic Constitution? Constitutional Synthesis as a MacCormickian Constitutional Theory of European Integration
    Description / Table of Contents: Part VII Postsovereign Nationalism12 Nation-States vs. Nation-Regions in the Post-sovereign European Polity; 13 Nationalism, Patriotism and Diversity -- Conceptualising the National Dimension in Neil MacCormick's Post-sovereign Constellation; Index;
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    ISBN: 9789400706248
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 726p, digital)
    Series Statement: Analecta Husserliana, The Yearbook of Phenomenological Research 108
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Transcendentalism overturned
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Metaphysics ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy of mind ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Metaphysics ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy of mind ; Science Philosophy ; Transcendentalism. ; Konferenzschrift 2009 ; Transzendentalphilosophie ; Rezeption ; Phänomenologie ; Lebensphilosophie
    Abstract: This collection offers a critical assessment of transcendentalism, the understanding of consciousness, absolutized as a system of a priori laws of the mind, that was advanced by Kant and Husserl. As these studies show, transcendentalism critically informed 20th Century phenomenological investigation into such issues as temporality, historicity, imagination, objectivity and subjectivity, freedom, ethical judgment, work, praxis. Advances in science have now provoked a questioning of the absolute prerogatives of consciousness. Transcendentalism is challenged by empirical reductionism. And recognition of the role the celestial sphere plays in life on planet earth suggests that a radical shift of philosophy's center of gravity be made away from absolute consciousness and toward the transcendental forces at play in the architectonics of the cosmos.
    Description / Table of Contents: Table of Contents; Acknowledgements; Inaugural Lecture; Transcendentalism Overturned; Section I; Historicity and Transcendental Philosophy; Transcendental Philosophy and Fundamental Ontology; Subjektive Logik als Grundlage von objektiver Logik?; Facticity and Transcendentalism: Husserl and the Problem of the ``Geisteswissenschaften''; Section II; Intentionality and Transcendentality; Transcendentality as an Ontic Transgression; How Can We Get a Knowledge of Being? The Relation Between Being and Time in the Young Heidegger; On the Notion of a Phenomenological Constitutionof Objectivity
    Description / Table of Contents: Section IIIIs Ethics Transcendental?; Fichte's Programme for a Philosophy of Freedom; The Paradoxes of Moral in Jean-Paul Sartre's Philosophy; Towards a Responsive Subject: Husserl on Affection; Responsibility and Crisis: Levinas and Husserlon What Calls for Thinking; Transcendental Ethics; Section IV; The Transcendental: Husserl and Kant; Derrida, Husserl's Disciple: How We Should Understand Deconstruction of Transcendental Philosophy; Kant and the Beginnings of German Transcendentalism: Heidegger and Mamardashvili; Maurice Merleau-Ponty and Gilles Deleuzeas Interpreters of Henri Bergson
    Description / Table of Contents: The Concept of Transcendental Exiztenphilosophie in Karl JaspersTranscendentalism Revised: The Impact on Transcendental Consciousness and Structure of Reality Created and Emitted by Mass Media; Section V; Transcendentalism and Original Beginnings; Human Transcending on the Pathway of Moral Creative Becoming; Transcendental and Spiritual Consciousness; The Problem of the Transcendental in Philosophyof Faith - Carl Jaspers Revisited; Section VI; Phenomenology of Questioning: A Meditationon Interogative Mood; Revisting the Transcendental: Design and Materialin Architecture
    Description / Table of Contents: Twilight Splendour (Phenomenological Reflections on Europe)Optimality in Virtual Space - The Generationof Diacritic Potential Through Language; Section VII; Which Transcedentalism? Many Faces of Husserlian Transcedentalism; Eco-Phenomenology and the Interiorization of Man - Using Merleau-Ponty and Nietzsche to Release the "Psyche" from the Human Skull; Understanding Transcendentalism as a Philosophy of the Self; New Transcendentalism and the Logos of Education; Phenomenological Learning in Our Living Reality; Section VIII; Re-construction and Conceptual Analysis
    Description / Table of Contents: William James and Edmund Husserl on the Horizontality of ExperienceRicoeur's Transcendental Concern: A Hermenutics of Discourse; On Value-Perception ("Endowing") as Transcendental Functioning in Husserls Later Phenomenology; Section IX; Action and Work Between Blondel and Scheler:A Practical Transcendentalism?; The Meaning of Existence and Method of Transcendental Phenomenology; The Phenomenon of the Unity of Idea; Nietzsche and the Future of Phenomenology; Section X; Transcendencia Del Ser En El Lenguaje Segun Hegel; Transcendental Philosophy of Culture - Possibilities and Inspirations
    Description / Table of Contents: Percolated Nearness: Immanence of Life and a Material Phenomenology of Time
    Note: "Published under the auspices of The World Institute for Advanced Phenomenological Research and Learning, A-T. Tymieniecka, President , Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400708051
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Series Statement: Professional Learning and Development in Schools and Higher Education 7
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Erziehungsphilosophie ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Susan Groundwater-Smith is one of the most influential voices in the world of educational practitioner inquiry. The convener in Australia of the Coalition of Knowledge Building Schools, she is a staunch advocate of innovative methods of practitioner inquiry with a particular emphasis upon student voice and the use of images in capturing young people's perspectives on their learning experience. So it is more than fitting that this unique text on practitioner inquiry and teacher professional learning is dedicated to her. Rethinking Education Practice Through Reflexive Inquiry is a compilation of essays that explore contemporary issues in practitioner inquiry and action research from the perspective of both university-based and school-based authors. The essays discuss the practical, political and theoretical dimensions of practitioner inquiry, advancing the argument that the adoption of an inquiring approach to practice is both an integral dimension of teachers' work in the modern school as well as critical to effective and authentic professional learning. And the essays draw on the work of Groundwater-Smith to demonstrate the benefits brought to bear on schools, teachers and learners when the complex nature of the relationship between inquiry and practice is understood and acted upon in pursuit of democratic knowledge interests.
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword-An Example to Us All; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; About the Authors; Chapter-1; Rethinking Educational Practice Through Reflexive Inquiry: An Introduction; References; Part I; Practitioner Inquiry; Chapter-2; A Self-Reflective Practitioner and a New Definition of Critical Participatory Action Research; A New Definition of Critical Participatory Action Research; An Accidental Practitioner of Critical Participatory Action Research?; Practice, Praxis, Effective-Historical Consciousness; Critical and Self-Critical Reflection; Communicative Space
    Description / Table of Contents: Exploratory Action: Investigating Reality in Order to Transform It Transforming Reality in Order to Investigate ItA Practical Aim; An Emancipatory Aim; Conclusion; References; Chapter-3; Localisation or Globalisation? The Dynamic Variations of Action Research; Introduction; Variations of Action Research as an Example of 'Globalisation from Below'; Why and How Does the Process of Variation of Action Research Take Place?; Action Research-The Variations; How Should Action Researchers Respond to These Variations and Does It Matter if They Go by a Different Name?
    Description / Table of Contents: Variations, Among 'Cousins', are a Strength in Building Collective Agency in a World of FlowsReferences; Chapter-4; Inquiry-Based Professional Learning in Educational Praxis: Knowing Why, What and How; Introduction; A Model for Educational Praxis; System and Lifeworld; Functional and Substantial Rationality; A Praxis Model: Scope for Professional Decision Making and Action; A Research Study on Inquiry-Based Professional Learning in Teacher Education; Interaction Between the Application and Construction of Professional Knowledge; Interaction Between Academic and Professional Knowledge
    Description / Table of Contents: Interaction Between Educational Knowledge and Methodological KnowledgeInteraction Between Individual and Collective Knowledge; Interaction Between Ideological, Instrumental and Empirical Knowledge; Knowing Why, What and How: Broadening Teachers' Scope for Decision Making and Action?; Overemphasis on Lifeworld; Overemphasis on Functional Rationality; Conclusion; References; Chapter-5; Patterns of Partnership: Student Voice, Intergenerational Learning and Democratic Fellowship; Introduction; From Student Voice to Democratic Community
    Description / Table of Contents: Patterns of Partnership: How Adults Listen to and Learn with Students in SchoolsOn the Necessity of Interruption; References; Chapter-6; Cooperation, Collaboration, Challenge: How to Work with the Changing Nature of Educational Audiences in Museums; Background: Museum Learning and Audience Research; The Genesis of the Partnership: As We See It: Improving Learning at the Museum; 2008 Climate Change Kids' College; 2009 Teachers' College; Applying Lessons from the Partnership: Pacific Cultures Consultation; Conclusion; References; Chapter-7
    Description / Table of Contents: Creating Spaces for Practitioner Research: Strategic Leadership to Create a Third Space for Practitioner Enquiry in an Authentic Professional Learning Community
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400711747
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 259p. 23 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Literacy ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Literacy
    Abstract: Reading Comprehension: Assisting Children with Learning Difficulties examines the complex nature of reading comprehension. It introduces a model for classifying reading comprehension based on an expanded Simple View of Reading. Issues related to assessment, diagnosis, and remediation of reading comprehension difficulties are discussed and translated into clear recommendations to inform reading intervention design and practice. It gives an informed understanding as to why reading comprehension is difficult for some children with learning disabilities such as ADHD, autism, language difficulties
    Description / Table of Contents: Reading Comprehension; Dedication and Appreciation; Contents; About the Author; Introduction; Chapter 1: Reading Difficulties; 1.1 Chapter Overview; 1.2 What Is Literacy?; 1.2.1 Theoretical Perspectives and Reading Comprehension; 1.2.2 Behaviourism; 1.2.3 Cognitivism; 1.2.4 Social Constructivist Learning Theory; 1.2.5 Connectivism; 1.3 The Concept of Reading Difficulties; 1.4 The Simple View of Reading; 1.5 Listening Comprehension; 1.6 Classification of Reading Difficulties; 1.7 Summary; Chapter 2: Reading Comprehension; 2.1 Chapter Overview; 2.2 What is Reading Comprehension
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2.1 Mental Modelling2.3 Comprehension: A Cognitive Process; 2.3.1 Meaning and Comprehension; 2.4 Comprehension and the Active Learner; 2.4.1 Comprehension and Organisation; 2.4.2 Comprehension and Metacognition; 2.5 Comprehension Difficulties; 2.5.1 Why Some Students Are Poor at Comprehension?; 2.5.2 A Conceptual Framework; 2.6 Socio-Cultural Context; 2.7 Task Variables; 2.8 Text Variables; 2.9 Reader Variables; 2.9.1 Biological; 2.9.2 Cognitive; 2.9.3 Behavioural; 2.10 Purpose; 2.11 Summary; Chapter 3: Cognitive Architecture; 3.1 Chapter Overview; 3.2 Cognitive Architecture
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 Working Memory3.4 Long-Term Memory; 3.4.1 Schema Theory; 3.4.2 Semantic Networks; 3.4.3 Dual Coding; 3.5 Learning Styles; 3.5.1 Implications for Teaching; 3.6 Summary; Chapter 4: Language Processing; 4.1 Chapter Overview; 4.1.1 Language Theory; 4.2 Language and Learning Impairments; 4.3 Decoding Deficits; 4.4 Dyslexia; 4.5 Language Learning Disabilities; 4.5.1 Poor Comprehenders; 4.5.2 Autistic Spectrum Disorders; 4.6 ADHD; 4.6.1 Individual Differences; 4.7 Summary; Chapter 5: Word Level and Discourse Processing of Text; 5.1 Chapter Overview; 5.2 Vocabulary
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3 Quality of Word Representations5.3.1 Vocabulary and Meaning; 5.3.2 Age Differences; 5.3.3 Vocabulary Instruction; 5.4 Fluency; 5.4.1 Readability Levels; 5.4.2 Expressive Reading; 5.5 Context; 5.6 Late Emerging Disabilities; 5.6.1 Late-Intervention Programs; 5.7 Summary; Chapter 6: Visualisation; 6.1 Chapter Overview; 6.2 Forms of Mental Encoding; 6.3 The Nature of Visualisation; 6.4 Visualisation and Mental Functions; 6.4.1 Mental Modelling and Capacity; 6.4.2 Visualisation and Inferential Processing; 6.4.3 Visualisation as an Organisational Tool
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.4.4 Visualisation, Involvement, and Affect6.5 Instruction and Visualisation; 6.6 Visualisation and Poor Comprehenders; 6.7 Linking Visual and Verbal Processes; 6.7.1 Barrier Games; 6.8 Visualisation Strategies; 6.8.1 Illustrations; 6.8.2 Drawing; 6.8.3 Manipulations; 6.8.4 Mental Imagery; 6.8.5 Sensory Imaging Strategy (SIS); 6.8.6 Characterisations; 6.8.7 A Multi-Modal Approach; 6.9 Summary; Chapter 7: Using Inferences and Strategic Processing; 7.1 Chapter Overview; 7.2 Inferential Processing; 7.2.1 Meaning and Inferencing; 7.2.2 Background Knowledge; 7.2.3 Text Coherence
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.3 Thinking Frames
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400717510
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 400p, digital)
    Series Statement: Vienna Circle Institute Yearbook, Institut `Wiener Kreis' Society for the Advancement of the Scientific World Conception 15
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Friedrich Waismann
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Science Philosophy ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Waismann, Friedrich 1896-1959 ; Neopositivismus
    Abstract: No description available.
    Abstract: Friedrich Waismann (1896 1959) was one of the most gifted students and collaborators of Moritz Schlick. Accepted as a discussion partner by Wittgenstein from 1927 on, he functioned as spokesman for the latter 's ideas in the Schlick Circle, until Wittgenstein 's contact with this most faithful interpreter was broken off in 1935 and not renewed when exile took Waismann to Cambridge. Nonetheless, at Oxford, where he went in 1939, and eventually became Reader in Philosophy of Mathematics (changing later to Philosophy of Science), Waismann made important and independent contributions to analytic p
    Description / Table of Contents: Table of Contents; Editorial; Waismann: the Wandering Scholar; Tributes to and Impressions of Friedrich Waismann; Waismann's Big Book; The Exile and His Family; A Waismann Memoir; Oxford Memories of Friedrich Waismann; Waismann's Lectures on Causality: An Introduction; Bibliography; The Decline and Fall of Causality; Causality; (1) Hume's Analysis of Causal Connection.; (2) The Problem of Induction.; (3) What is the Principle of Induction?; (4) J. S. Mill's Account; (5) The Scientific Scheme of Causality; (6) Comments on a New Conception.; (7) The Principle of Causality
    Description / Table of Contents: (8) Difficulties of Determinism(9) Causality as Understood Connection; (10) Insight; (11) Motive; (12) Criticism of Russell's View; The Logical Force of Expressions; 1. Ramsey; 2. Two Sorts of Inference; 3. V-Inferences; 4. Body of Meanings; 5. 'All men are mortal'; A Philosopher Looks at Kafka; Waismann Versus Ewing on Causality; 1. Introduction; 2. Intrinsic Connectedness; 3. Explanation; 4. Production; 5. Necessity; 6. Causal powers; 7. Conclusion; References; Waismann as Spokesman for Wittgenstein; Waismann's Testimony of Wittgenstein's Fresh Starts in 1931-35
    Description / Table of Contents: Otto Neurath's 'Encyclopedia of the World War': A ContextualisationOtto Neurath and the Women's International League for Peace and Freedom (WILPF); Struggles For Social Transformation-links Between Yella Hertzka And Otto Neurath; Otto Neurath On War And Peace; Otto Neurath-Utopias, Encyclopedias, Museum Work; Encyclopedia of the World War; Enzyklopädie des Weltkrieges.; One Hundred Years of Philosophy of Science: The View from Munich; Bibliography; John T. Blackmore: Two Recent Trilogies on Ernst Mach; References; Logical Syntax and the Application of Mathematics; Reviews; Obituary
    Description / Table of Contents: Activities of the Institute Vienna CircleActivities 2010; Activities 2011; Index of Names
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400715639
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 205p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy
    Abstract: A spherical actuator is a novel electric device that can achieve 2/3-DOF rotational motions in a single joint with electric power input. It has advantages such as compact structure, low mass/moment of inertia, fast response and non-singularities within the workspace. It has promising applications in robotics, automobile, manufacturing, medicine and aerospace industry. This is the first monograph that introduces the research on spherical actuators systematically. It broadens the scope of actuators from conventional single-axis to multi-axis, which will help both beginners and researchers to enhance their knowledge on electromagnetic actuators. Generic analytic modeling methods for magnetic field and torque output are developed, which can be applied to the development of other electromagnetic actuators. A parametric design methodology that allows fast analysis and design of spherical actuators for various applications is proposed. A novel non-contact high-precision 3-DOF spherical motion sensing methodology is developed and evaluated with experiments, which shows that it can achieve one order of magnitude higher precision than conventional methods. The technologies of nondimensionalization and normalization are introduced into magnetic field analysis the first time, and a benchmark database is established for the reference of other researches on spherical actuators.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Author Biographies; Contents; Chapter-1; Chapter-2; History and Philosophy of Values and Virtues; Chapter-3; Chapter-4; Chapter-5; Chapter-6; Chapter-7; Values and Social Engagement; Chapter-8; Chapter-9; Chapter-10; Chapter-11; The Ambience and Discourse of Values Pedagogy; Author Index; Subject Index;
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400713031
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 321p. 98 illus., 19 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Physics ; Engineering ; Humanities ; Social sciences Methodology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Physics ; Engineering ; Humanities ; Social sciences Methodology
    Abstract: Ton Jörg
    Abstract: The underlying idea and motive for the book is that the notion of complexity may humanize the social sciences, may conceive the complex human being as more human, and turn reality as assumed in our doing social science into a more complex, that is a richer reality for all. The main focus of this book is on new thinking in complexity, with complexity to be taken as derived from the Latin word complexus: 'that which is interwoven.' The trans-disciplinary approach advocated here will be trans-disciplinary in two ways: firstly, by going beyond the separate disciplines within the fields of both nat
    Description / Table of Contents: New Thinking in Complexity for the Social Sciences and Humanities; Contents; Chapter 1: Mission of the Book; Chapter 2: Introduction; Chapter 3: The Crisis in the Social Sciences; Chapter 4: Giving Birth to a New Science - Setting the Agenda; Chapter 5: A New Agenda for the Social Sciences; Chapter 6: On Becoming Reflective About Our Viewing and Doing Science; Chapter 7: The Reality of Reality; Chapter 8: New Ways of Knowing About the Complexity of Reality: The Epistemological Problem; Chapter 9: An Introduction to the Chaps. 10-12; Chapter 10: Rethinking Interaction
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 11: Rethinking CausalityChapter 12: Rethinking the Unit of Study; Chapter 13: The Complexity of Complexity; Chapter 14: The Complexity of Human Interaction; Chapter 15: Summary and Conclusions; Index;
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789400715035 , 1283478056 , 9781283478052
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 210p, digital)
    Series Statement: Contributions To Phenomenology 63
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy of mind ; Consciousness ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy of mind ; Consciousness
    Abstract: "Philosophy's Moods" is a collection of original essays interrogating the inseparable bond between mood and philosophical thinking. What is the relationship between mood and thinking in philosophy? In what sense are we always already philosophizing from within a mood? What kinds of mood are central for shaping the space of philosophy? What is the philosophical imprint of Aristotle's wonder, Kant's melancholy, Kierkegaard's anxiety or Nietzsche's shamelessness? "Philosophy's Moods" invites its readers to explore the above questions through diverse methodological perspectives
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Introduction -- pt. 2. Wonder -- pt. 3. Melancholy -- pt. 4. Anxiety -- pt. 5. Otherness -- pt. 6. Epilogue.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789048139330 , 1282995502 , 9781282995505
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 175p, digital)
    Series Statement: Professional and Practice-based Learning 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Phenomenology ; Adult education ; Education ; Education ; Phenomenology ; Adult education
    Abstract: This book seeks to develop the philosophy of Heidegger notion and reflects the growing importance of work based studies which is becoming of special interest to higher education institutions and commercial organisations. The author acknowledges the dominance of the economic discourse of higher education, but in this book he tries to argue that Heidegger offers a phenomenological approach to understanding the diversity to higher education that work based learning can bring. The book offers a structured argument for a phenomenological understanding of both the educational institution and the commercial environment to be considered as workplaces.
    Description / Table of Contents: Series Editors' Foreword; Preface; Contents; List of Tables; 1 Introduction; Background; Heidegger?; Chapter 2: Work-Based Learning as a Field of Study; Chapter 3: Learning as Knowledge of Being-in-the-World; Chapter 4: Dwelling at Work: A Place Where Vocation and Identity Grow?; Chapter 5: What Is Work? A Heideggerian Insight into Work as a Site for Learning; Chapter 6: Heidegger; Time, Work and the Challenges for University-Led Work-Based Learning; Part II-Issues in Work-Based Studies; Part I Context; 2 Work-Based Learning as a Field of Study; 3 Learning as Knowledge of Being-in-the-World
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Dwelling at Work5 What Is Work? A Heideggerian Insight into the Workplace as a Site for Learning; 6 Heidegger: Time, Work and the Challenges for University-Led Work-Based Learning; Part II Issues in WorkBased Studies; 7 Assessment and Recognition of Work-Based Learning; 8 Quality in Work-Based Studies Is Not Lost, Merely Undiscovered; 9 Adopting Consumer Time: Potential Issues for Higher Level Work-Based Learning; 10 The Concept of Boredom: Its Impact on Work-Based Learning; 11 Practical Wisdom and the Workplace Researcher; 12 Doing Phenemological Research in the Workplace
    Description / Table of Contents: 13 The World of Work-Based Studies and the RecessionReferences; Author Index; Subject Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    ISBN: 9789048197415 , 1282995774 , 9781282995772
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 247p, digital)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 348
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Collin, Finn, 1949 - Science studies as naturalized philosophy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Social sciences Methodology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Social sciences Methodology ; Wissenschaft ; Philosophie
    Abstract: This book approaches its subject matter in a way that combines a strong analytical and critical perspective with a historical and sociological framework for the understanding of the emergence of Science Studies. This is a novelty, since extant literature on this topic tends either to narrate the history of the field, with little criticism, or to criticize Science Studies from a philosophical platform but with little interest in its historical and social context. The book provides a critical review of the most prominent figures in Science Studies (also known as Science and Technology Studies) and traces the historical roots of the discipline back to developments emerging after World War II. It also presents it as an heir to a long trend in Western thought towards the naturalization of philosophy, where a priori modes of thought are replaced by empirical ones. Finally, it points to ways for Science Studies to proceed in the future.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Introduction; Contents; 1 The Naturalization of Philosophy; 2 Wittgenstein, Kuhn and the Turn Towards Science Studies; 3 David Bloor and the Strong Programme; 4 The Strong Programme as Naturalized Philosophy; 5 Harry Collins and the Empirical Programme of Relativism; 6 Bruno Latour and Actor Network Theory; 7 Latours Metaphysics; 8 Andrew Pickering and the Mangle of Practice; 9 Steve Fuller and Social Epistemology; 10 An Alternative Road for Science and Technology Studies and the Naturalization of Philosophy of Science; Notes; References; Index;
    Note: Includes bibliographical references (p. 231-239) and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    ISBN: 9789048196616 , 128299574X , 9781282995741
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 265p, digital)
    Series Statement: Library of Ethics and Applied Philosophy 24
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Humiliation, degradation, dehumanization
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Humiliation, degradation, dehumanization
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Law Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Law Philosophy ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Menschenwürde ; Verletzung ; Philosophische Anthropologie ; Theologische Anthropologie ; Menschenwürde ; Verletzung ; Philosophische Anthropologie ; Theologische Anthropologie
    Abstract: Degradation, dehumanization, instrumentalization, humiliation, and nonrecognition - these concepts point to ways in which we understand human beings to be violated in their dignity. Violations of human dignity are brought about by concrete practices and conditions, some commonly acknowledged, such as torture and rape, and others more contested, such as poverty and exclusion. This volume collates reflections on such concepts and a range of practices, deepening our understanding of human dignity and its violation, bringing to the surface interrelationships and commonalities, and pointing to the values that are thereby shown to be in danger. In presenting a streamlined discussion from a negative perspective, complemented by conclusions for a positive account of human dignity, the book is at once a contribution to the body of literature on what dignity is and how it should be protected as well as constituting an alternative, fresh and focused perspective relevant to this significant recurring debate. As the concept of human dignity itself crosses disciplinary boundaries, this is mirrored in the unique range of perspectives brought by the book's European and American contributors - in philosophy and ethics, law, human rights, literature, cultural studies and interdisciplinary research. This volume will be of interest to social and moral philosophers, legal and human rights theorists, practitioners and students.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Conceptions and theories -- pt. 2. Practices of violating human dignity -- pt. 3. Conclusions for a positive account of human dignity.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...